Document:

Exhibit 10.1

 

GENERAL RELEASE AND SEPARATION AGREEMENT

 

This General Release and Separation Agreement (hereafter “Agreement”)
is entered into between Wade Hampton (the “Executive”), and Accuray
Incorporated (the “Company”), effective
on the eighth calendar day following the Executive’s signature (the “Effective
Date”), unless he revokes his acceptance in accordance with the terms of Section 6(b),
below.

 

WHEREAS, the Executive was
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales of the Company, pursuant to the terms of
the original employment offer letter dated August 11, 2006 and as amended
on October 22, 2008 (the “Employment Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Executive
resigned effective October 15, 2009; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the
Executive now wish to document the termination of their employment relationship
and fully and finally to resolve all matters between them;

 

THEREFORE, in exchange for
the good and valuable consideration set forth herein, the adequacy of which is
specifically acknowledged, the Executive and the Company hereby agree as
follows:

 

1.                                       Resignation of Employment.  The Executive confirms his resignation of his
employment and of his position as an officer of the Company effective October 15,
2009 (the “Resignation Date”). 
The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the Executive’s
resignation of employment constitutes a “separation from service” from the
Company within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and Treasury
Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (a “Separation from Service”).  As of the Resignation Date, the Employment
Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect,
and neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any further obligations
thereunder, except as expressly provided herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company
shall be obligated to Executive for severance payments and continuation of
benefits as contemplated by Section 7 of the Employment Agreement and as
set forth in Section 3 below.

 

2.                                       Payment of
Accrued Wages and Expenses.  The Executive acknowledges receipt, on the
Resignation Date, of an amount equal to all accrued wages through the
Resignation Date, including accrued, unused vacation and/or paid time off, less
applicable taxes and other authorized withholding.  The Executive shall be promptly reimbursed
for all expenses incurred by him on behalf of the Company, and submitted on or
before November 30, 2009 for reimbursement in accordance with the Company’s
expense reimbursement policies. The Executive also acknowledges receipt of his
bonus for the Company’s 2009 fiscal year.

 

3.                                       Cash Severance
Benefits and COBRA Premiums.  The Executive agrees that, except as set
forth in this Agreement, he is entitled to no additional pay or benefits in
conjunction with the termination of his employment.  Subject to Section 22(b) of this
Agreement, thirty days following the Effective Date of this Agreement, the
Company shall pay to the Executive, in a lump-sum, cash severance in the gross
amount of $319,694.94 (the “Severance Payment”), which the parties
acknowledge and agree represents the amount of the “Severance Payment”  calculated under, and as
defined in, Section 7(a) of the Employment Agreement, consisting of:

 

	
  EXECUTIVE GENERAL RELEASE

  	
   

  	
  ACCURAY CONFIDENTIAL

  
	
  Wade Hampton – 12.3.09

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

1

 

1.               Six months’ base salary:
($276,000÷2) = $138,000.00

 

2.               Your 2010 fiscal year target
annual bonus (83%×$276,000 =$229,080) pro-rated by the number of days elapsed
in the current fiscal year: (107/365×$229,080) = $67,154.94

 

3.               50% of your 2010 fiscal year
target annual bonus: ($229,080÷2) = $114,540

 

The Severance Payment shall
be paid net of applicable taxes and other authorized withholding.  In addition, in the event that the Executive
elects to continue healthcare coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus
Budget and Reconciliation Act  (“COBRA”)
for himself, his spouse and his children, as applicable and to the extent
eligible, the Company shall pay the Executive’s COBRA premiums for the period
commencing on the date on which the Executive’s Company-sponsored healthcare
coverage would otherwise terminate (absent COBRA) and ending on the earlier to
occur of the six (6) month anniversary of such date or the expiration of
the period during which the Executive would be entitled to continuation
coverage under COBRA absent this provision.

 

4.                                       Stock Options
and Restricted Stock Units.  The Executive acknowledges that as of the
Resignation Date, the Executive was vested in Stock Options and Restricted
Stock Units (“RSUs”) as reflected in the report attached as Exhibit A
hereto.  The Executive further
acknowledges that vesting in the Stock Options and RSUs ceased on the
Resignation Date, and all Stock Options and RSUs not then vested were cancelled
and forfeited as of that date.  Except as
specifically set forth herein, the Executive’s rights with respect to Stock
Options and RSUs issued to him are governed by the Stock Option and Restricted
Stock Unit Agreements entered into between the Executive and the Company, and
the applicable Company equity incentive plan(s) and Notice(s) of
Grant.

 

5.                                       Outplacement
Assistance and Counsel.  The
Company will pay for outplacement assistance for the Executive in an amount not
to exceed $10,000 (ten thousand dollars), provided that the Executive begins
such outplacement assistance on or before October 15, 2010.

 

The
Company shall also reimburse the Executive for attorneys’ fees and costs
incurred by the Executive in connection with his consultation with an attorney
regarding this Agreement, to a maximum of $10,000 (ten thousand dollars).

 

6.                                       General Release
of Claims by the Executive.

 

(a)                                  The Executive,
on behalf of himself and his executors, heirs, administrators, representatives
and assigns, hereby agrees to release and forever discharge the Company and all
predecessors, successors and their respective parent corporations, affiliates,
related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of their past and present
investors, directors, shareholders, officers, general or limited partners,
executives, attorneys, agents and representatives, and executive benefit plans
in which the Executive is or has been a participant by virtue of his employment
with the Company, from any and  all claims, debts, demands, accounts,
judgments, rights, causes of action, equitable relief, damages, costs, charges,
complaints, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, suits, expenses,
compensation, responsibility and liability of every kind and character 

 

2

 

whatsoever (including
attorneys’ fees and costs), whether in law or equity, known or unknown,
asserted or unasserted, suspected or unsuspected (collectively, “Claims”),
which the Executive has or may have had against such entities based on any
events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date hereof or
on or prior to the Resignation Date, arising directly or indirectly out of,
relating to, or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever the
Executive’s employment by the Company or the separation thereof, and any and
all claims arising under federal, state, or local laws relating to employment,
including without limitation claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or
implied contract, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, or liability in tort,
claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency,
any claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age
Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Fair
Labor Standards Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, the Family
and Medical Leave Act, and similar state or local statutes, ordinances, and
regulations, including, without limitation, the California Family Rights Act,
the California Fair Employment and Housing Act and the California Labor Code.

 

Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, the
Executive does not release the following claims and rights:

 

(i)                                     Claims for
unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant
to the terms of applicable state law;

 

(ii)                                  Claims to
continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans
pursuant to the terms and conditions of the federal law known as COBRA;

 

(iii)                               The Executive’s
right to bring to the attention of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission
claims of discrimination; provided, however, that the Executive does release
his right to secure damages for any alleged discriminatory treatment;

 

(iv)                              The Executive’s
rights under the Indemnification Agreement between Company and Executive,
effective as of February 6, 2007 (the “Indemnification Agreement”), and
under applicable law (including California Labor Code Section 2802), the
General Corporation Law of Delaware and the Company’s D&O policy to seek
indemnity for acts committed, or omissions, within the course and scope of the
Executive’s employment duties; and

 

(v)                                 Claims for
breach of this Separation Agreement.

 

(b)                                 In accordance
with the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990, the Executive
acknowledges that he is aware of the following:

 

(i)                                     This Section and
this Agreement are written in a manner calculated 

 

3

 

to be understood by the Executive.

 

(ii)                                  The waiver and
release of claims under the ADEA contained in this Agreement does not cover
rights or claims that may arise after the date on which the Executive signs
this Agreement.

 

(iii)                               This Agreement
provides for consideration in addition to anything of value to which the
Executive is already entitled.

 

(iv)                              The Executive
has been advised to consult an attorney before signing this Agreement.

 

(v)                                 The Executive
has been granted fifty-seven (57) days after the Resignation Date to decide
whether or not to sign this Agreement. 
If the Executive executes this Agreement prior to the expiration of such
period, he does so voluntarily and after having had the opportunity to consult
with an attorney, and hereby waives the remainder of the fifty-seven (57) day period.

 

(vi)                              The Executive
has the right to revoke this general release within seven (7) days of
signing this Agreement.  In the event
this general release is revoked, this Agreement will be null and void in its
entirety, and the Executive will not receive the benefits of this Agreement.

 

If
the Executive wishes to revoke this agreement, he must deliver written notice
stating that intent to revoke, in accordance with the notice provisions of Section 17
of this Agreement, on or before 5:00 p.m. on the seventh (7th) day after the date on
which the Executive signs this Agreement.

 

7.                                       The Company’s
Release of Claims. The Company on behalf of itself and all
predecessors, successors and their respective parent corporations, affiliates,
related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of their past and present
directors, officers, executives, attorneys, agents and representatives, and
executive benefit plans in which the Executive is or has been a participant by
virtue of his employment with the Company (collectively, the “Company Releasors”),
hereby agrees to release and forever discharge the Executive and his executors,
heirs, administrators, representatives and assigns, from any and all Claims
which the Company Releasors have or may have had against the Executive based on
any events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date hereof
or on or prior to the Resignation Date, arising directly or indirectly out of,
relating to, or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever the
Executive’s employment by the Company or the separation thereof.  Notwithstanding the generality of the
foregoing, nothing herein shall release or discharge any Claim by the Company
against the Executive, or the right of the Company to bring any action, legal
or otherwise, against the Executive for:

 

(i)                                     The Company’s
rights under the Indemnification Agreement between Company and Executive;

 

4

 

(ii)                               Claims for breach
of this Separation Agreement;

(iii)                            Claims
resulting from any acts of intentional misconduct or deliberate recklessness
(including, but not limited to, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, or other
malfeasance);

(iv)                            Claims for
contribution and/or indemnity that may be asserted in the securities class
action filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of
California on July 22, 2009, currently entitled In re
ACCURAY INC. SECURITIES LITIGATION, Case No. 4:09-cv-03362-CW;
and

(v)                               Claims for
contribution and/or indemnity that may arise out of or involve Executive’s
conduct as described in the shareholder derivative actions such as: Israni, Case No. 1-09-CV-149157; Christopher
Borelli, Civil Action No. 09-5655; Eric
Bachinski, Case Number: 5:2009cv05655; or similar action that may be
filed.

 

8.                                       Waiver of
Rights Under California Civil Code Section 1542.  The Company Releasors and the Executive
acknowledge that they have been advised of and are familiar with the provisions
of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides as follows:

 

“A general release does not
extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or
her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her
must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”

 

Being
aware of said code section, the Company Releasors and the Executive hereby
expressly waive any rights they may have thereunder, as well as under any other
statutes or common law principles of similar effect; provided, however, that
such waiver is not intended to affect claims no released and/or expressly
preserved herein.

 

9.                                       Nondisparagement.  The Executive agrees that neither he nor
anyone acting by, through, under or in concert with him shall disparage or
otherwise communicate negative statements or opinions about the Company, its
Board members, officers, executives or business.  The Company agrees that neither its Board
members nor executive officers shall disparage or otherwise communicate
negative statements or opinions about the Executive.

 

10.                                 Restrictive Covenants.  The Executive acknowledges his continuing
obligations, pursuant to Section 9(a), (b) and (d) of the
Employment Agreement.

 

11.                                 Cooperation.

 

(a)                                  Cooperation by
the Executive.  The
Executive agrees to give reasonable cooperation, at the Company’s request, in
any pending or future litigation or arbitration brought against the Company and
in any investigation that the Company or any government entity may  conduct.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for
all out of pocket expenses reasonably incurred by him in compliance with this Section 11(a).  For his part, Executive agrees to submit a
reimbursement for such out of pocket expenses within thirty (30) days after
they have been incurred.  In the event
the Executive chooses to retain separate counsel pursuant to Section 4(e)

 

5

 

of the Indemnification
Agreement, such counsel shall act in good faith to cooperate reasonably with
counsel for the Company to ensure that it performs no work unnecessarily duplicative
of the work performed by counsel for the Company.

 

(b)                                 Cooperation by the Company.  Within thirty (30) days of execution of this
Agreement, the Company shall provide to the Executive a copy of all D&O
insurance policies covering claims reflected by the consolidated securities
class actions filed in the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California on July 22, 2009, currently entitled In re ACCURAY INC. SECURITIES LITIGATION Case No. 4:09-cv-03362-CW,
and the shareholder derivative action filed in Santa Clara County Superior
Court on August 5, 2009, currently entitled Israni v.
Thomson, Case No. 1-09-CV-149157 (collectively, the “Securities
Litigation”).  In the event the Executive
chooses to retain separate counsel in connection with the Securities Litigation
or any governmental investigation or proceeding involving the matters alleged
in the Securities Litigation pursuant to Section 4(e) of the
Indemnification Agreement, the Company shall make available to such counsel all
(i) documents produced by the Company to any plaintiff in the Securities
Litigation and/or to any governmental entity conducting such an or proceeding
and (ii) transcripts of testimony and witness statements obtained
regarding the matters at issue in the Securities Litigation containing any
mention of the Executive.

 

12.                                 Executive’s
Representations and Warranties.  The Executive represents and warrants that:

 

(a)                                  He has been
paid all wages owed to him by the Company, including all accrued, unused
vacation and/or paid time off, as of the date of execution of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                 As of the date
of execution of this Agreement, he has not sustained any injuries for which he
might be entitled to compensation pursuant to California’s Workers Compensation
law;

 

(c)                                  The Executive
has not initiated any adversarial proceedings of any kind against the Company
or against any other person or entity released herein, nor will he do so in the
future, except as specifically allowed by this Agreement.

 

13.                                 Confidential Information;
Return of Company Property.

 

(a)                                  The Executive
hereby expressly confirms his continuing obligations to the Company pursuant to
Section 9(a) of the Employment Agreement, and pursuant to the
Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement executed by the
Executive, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit B and
incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b)                                 The Executive
shall deliver to the Company within five days of the Resignation Date, all
originals and copies of correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes,
notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any
other documents concerning the Company and its customers’, business plans,
marketing strategies, products, processes or business of any kind, and all
originals and copies of 

 

6

 

documents that contain proprietary information or trade secrets of the
Company that are in the possession or control of the Executive or his agents or
representatives.

 

(c)                                  The Executive
shall return to the Company within five days of the Resignation Date all
equipment of the Company in his possession or control.

 

14.                                 Taxes.  To the extent any taxes may be payable by the
Executive for the benefits provided to him by this Agreement beyond those withheld
by the Company, the Executive agrees to pay them himself and to indemnify and
hold the Company and the other entities released herein harmless for any tax
claims or penalties, and associated attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting from
any failure by him to make required payments.

 

15.                                 In the Event of a Claimed
Breach.  All controversies, claims and
disputes arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including without
limitation any alleged violation of its terms, shall be resolved by final and
binding arbitration before a single neutral arbitrator in San Jose, California,
in accordance with the applicable dispute resolution rules of the Judicial
Arbitration and Mediation Service (“JAMS”). The arbitration shall be
commenced by filing a demand for arbitration with JAMS within 60 (sixty) days
after the filing party has given notice of such breach to the other party.  The arbitrator shall have authority to award
the prevailing party attorneys’ fees and expert fees, if any.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is
acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that
would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations
imposed on them under Sections 13(a) and (b) hereof, and that in the
event of any such failure, an aggrieved person will be irreparably damaged and
will not have an adequate remedy at law. 
Any such person shall, therefore, be entitled to injunctive relief,
including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action
shall be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of Sections 13(a) and
(b) of this Agreement, neither of the parties hereto shall raise the
defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

 

16.                                 Choice of Law.  This Agreement shall in all respects be
governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California,
including all matters of construction, validity and performance, without regard
to conflicts of law principles.

 

17.                                 Notices.  All notices, demands or other communications
regarding this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if
either personally delivered or sent by facsimile or overnight courier,
addressed as follows:

 

(a)                                  If to the
Company:

 

Accuray Incorporated

Attn:  Darren
J. Milliken, General Counsel

1310 Chesapeake Terrace

Sunnyvale, CA 
94089

Phone: 
408-716-4600

Fax: 
408-716-4747

 

7

 

(b)                                 If to the Executive:

 

Wade Hampton

1501 Caldwells Creek Drive

Colleyville, TX 76034

 

18.                                 Severability.  Except as otherwise specified below, should
any portion of this Agreement be found void or unenforceable for any reason by
a court of competent jurisdiction, the parties intend that such provision be
limited or modified so as to make it enforceable, and if such provision cannot
be modified to be enforceable, the unenforceable portion shall be deemed
severed from the remaining portions of this Agreement, which shall otherwise
remain in full force and effect.  If any
portion of this Agreement is so found to be void or unenforceable for any
reason in regard to any one or more persons, entities, or subject matters, such
portion shall remain in full force and effect with respect to all other
persons, entities, and subject matters. 
This paragraph shall not operate, however, to sever the Executive’s
obligation to provide the binding release to all entities intended to be
released hereunder.

 

19.                                 Understanding and Authority.  The parties understand and agree that all
terms of this Agreement are contractual and are not a mere recital, and
represent and warrant that they are competent to covenant and agree as herein
provided.

 

20.                                 Integration
Clause.  This Agreement, the Employment
Agreement, and the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement
contain the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the matters
referenced herein and supersede any prior agreements as to such matters. This
Agreement may not be changed or modified, in whole or in part, except by an
instrument in writing signed by the Executive and the Chief Executive Officer
of the Company.   The Indemnification
Agreement between the Company and the Executive shall not be affected by the
existence of this Agreement, including this Section 20 hereof, and shall
remain in full force and effect.

 

21.                                 Execution in
Counterparts.  This
Agreement may be executed in counterparts with the same force and effectiveness
as though executed in a single document.

 

22.                                 Section 409A
of the Code.

 

(a)                                  The payments
and benefits under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from the
application of Section 409A of the Code. 
To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in
accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury
Regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.  Notwithstanding any provision of this
Agreement to the contrary, if the Company determines that any such compensation
or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A of
the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance, the Company may, with the
Executive’s prior written consent, adopt such amendments to this Agreement or
adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and
procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the
Company determines are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the
compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A
of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of such compensation and
benefits, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the
Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

 

8

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no payment or benefits, including
without limitation the amount payable under Section 3 hereof, shall be
paid to the Executive during the six (6) month period following the
Executive’s Separation from Service if the Company determines that paying such
amount at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited
distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.  If the payment of any such amount is delayed
as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following
the end of such six (6) month period (or such earlier date upon which such
amount can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a
prohibited distribution, including as a result of the Executive’s death), the
Company shall pay the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative
amount that would have otherwise been payable to the Executive during such
period.

 

(c)                                  To the extent
permitted under Section 409A of the Code, any separate payment or benefit
under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be deemed “nonqualified deferred
compensation” subject to Section 409A and the six (6) month delay
requirement under 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code to the extent provided in
the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or
any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(d)                                 To the extent
that any reimbursements or corresponding in-kind benefits provided to the
Executive under this Agreement, including, without limitation under Section 2
or Section 11 hereof, are deemed to constitute compensation to the
Executive, such amounts shall be paid or reimbursed reasonably promptly, but
not later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the
expense was incurred.  The amount of any
such payments or expense reimbursements in one year shall not affect the
expenses or in-kind benefits eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other
taxable year, and the Executive’s right to such payments or reimbursement of
any such expenses shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other
benefit.

 

9

 

The parties have carefully
read this Agreement in its entirety; fully understand and agree to its terms
and provisions; and intend and agree that it is final and binding on all
parties.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and
intending to be legally bound, the parties have executed the foregoing on the
dates shown below.

 

	
  WADE HAMPTON

  	
   

  	
  ACCURAY INCORPORATED

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/ Wade Hampton

  	
   

  	
  /s/ Euan Thomson

  
	
  Wade Hampton

  	
   

  	
  Euan Thomson

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Date

  	
  12/5/09

  	
   

  	
  Date

  	
  12/11/09

  
					

 

10Exhibit
10.2

 

	
   

  	
  

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
					

 

SUPPLY AGREEMENT

 

This
Supply Agreement (“Agreement”) is made effective as of September 16,
2009 (“Effective Date”), by and between Accuray Incorporated, a
Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 1310 Chesapeake
Terrace, Sunnyvale, California 94089 (“Accuray”), and
American Science and Engineering, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation
located at 829 Middlesex Turnpike, Billerica, Massachusetts 01821(“AS&E”).

 

WHEREAS,
AS&E and Accuray have a mutual interest in continuing their business
relationship in the development and production of linear accelerators for use
in security systems;

 

WHEREAS,
each of AS&E and Accuray have rights to certain intellectual property
useful in the development and production of linear accelerators;

 

WHEREAS,
AS&E and Accuray wish to use their respective intellectual property in the
development and production of linear accelerators for security applications;
and

 

WHEREAS,
Accuray manufactures and sells certain products incorporating side-coupled
standing wave X-band linear architecture and other traveling wave linear
accelerator systems, including those specified in Exhibit A (“Products”) and AS&E desires to purchase certain of
Accuray’s Products, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions
of this Agreement.

 

NOW,
THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                            TERM

 

1.1.                   Term.  The term of this Agreement shall be for an
initial period of three (3) years commencing on the Effective Date unless
it is sooner terminated as provided herein or extended for additional one (1) year
terms in a writing signed by both parties. 
Both parties reserve the right to hold Agreement review meetings on an
as needed basis. Modification to the Agreement can be made at any time upon
written mutual agreement executed by authorized representatives of the parties.

 

2.                            PRODUCTS
AND ORDER PLACEMENT

 

2.1.                   Means of Order
Placement.  A “Purchase Order” shall mean AS&E’s documentation
initiating a purchase request for Products from Accuray. AS&E shall order
Products from Accuray by delivering a Purchase Order to Accuray.  AS&E’s Purchase Order shall set forth the
number of each unit of Products it desires to purchase at the prices
established for such Products in accordance with Section 6 and the
delivery date for units established in accordance with Section 2.2
hereof.  Purchase Orders may be delivered
to Accuray in writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to
personal delivery, postal delivery, courier delivery, facsimile transmission
and electronic mail provided that any such transmission references a Purchase
Order number.  AS&E shall pay Accuray
for all Products ordered pursuant to a Purchase Order in accordance with the
terms of this Section 2 and Section 6.2 hereof.

 

	
  SUPPLY AGREEMENT STD 9.18.07

  	
   

  	
  ACCURAY
  CONFIDENTIAL

  
	
  American Science and
  Engineering, Incorporated – December 3, 2009

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

Confidential
treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith
omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are
designated as [*]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

2.2.                   Lead Time.  Accuray’s required lead time for delivery of
Products following receipt and acceptance of a Purchase Order from AS&E (“Lead Time”) may vary, but the minimum Lead Time required for
timely delivery of Products by Accuray shall be eighteen (18) weeks from
acceptance by Accuray of an AS&E Purchase Order (“Minimum Lead
Time”).  If Accuray requires
additional Lead Time in excess of the Minimum Lead Time to fulfill a Purchase
Order, Accuray will advise AS&E of the additional Lead Time required prior
to issuing a Quote in accordance with Section 2.4 below or as soon as
reasonably practicable following discovery of the delay.  Accuray will use commercially reasonable  efforts to accommodate Purchase Orders from AS&E
requesting delivery of Products with less than the Minimum Lead Time, provided,
however, that Accuray shall have no liability for its failure to deliver
Products in advance of the Minimum Lead Time and AS&E shall reimburse
Accuray for the amount of any reasonable, documented additional costs incurred
in order to accommodate the shorter Lead Time.

 

2.3.                   Terms of
Purchase Order.  When in
conflict, this Agreement will take precedence over any terms and conditions
that may be specified in an AS&E Purchase Order. Additional or different
terms, including those submitted as a part of AS&E’s Purchase Order
standard terms and conditions, shall not modify the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.4.                   Order
Confirmation.  Following
receipt of a Purchase Order, Accuray will provide a quote to AS&E in
respect of the Products requested in such Purchase Order as confirmation and
acceptance of the order (“Quote”).  Accuray shall without undue delay and at the
latest within ten (10) working days of receipt of a Purchase Order either:
(i) provide a Quote to AS&E in relation to the Products requested in
such Purchase Order, or (ii) advise AS&E that it rejects the Purchase
Order and the reason(s) why Accuray objects to the Purchase Order terms
and a Quote is not provided by Accuray, provided, however, that with respect to
standing wave Products, Accuray shall not reject any Purchase Order that
conforms to the requirements of this Agreement. 
Once received from Accuray, AS&E shall execute and return such Quote
to Accuray within two (2) working days.

 

2.5.                   Quote
Cancellation.  AS&E
may cancel a Purchase Order (and the associated Quote) at any time upon fifteen
(15) days prior written notice to Accuray. If a Quote has been executed and
accepted by Accuray, AS&E shall, with respect to such cancelled Quote, be
liable to pay Accuray charges equal to the total purchase price for each
Product unit ordered under the applicable Quote multiplied by the percent
completion of the relevant Product unit at the time of such cancellation
request up to a maximum amount of the total purchase price for the Products
under the relevant Quote as reasonably determined by Accuray (“Percentage Payment”). 
As soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of a cancellation
notice from AS&E, Accuray will cease work on the Products the subject of
the cancelled Quote and use commercially reasonable efforts to return purchased
materials already received from its suppliers. 
AS&E shall be entitled to audit the calculation of the Percentage
Payment as follows:

 

(i)                                   If AS&E
agrees with the Percentage Payment calculation, it shall remit payment of such
amount to Accuray within thirty (30) days of receipt of such calculation.

 

2

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

(ii)                                If AS&E
disputes the Percentage Payment calculation, AS&E shall, within thirty (30)
days following AS&E’s receipt of the Percentage Payment calculation from
Accuray, (A) notify Accuray in writing (“Audit Notice”)
of its intent to audit the Percentage Payment calculation and (B) designate
an independent third party auditor reasonably acceptable to Accuray (“Auditor”) to perform the audit.

 

(iii)                             Within fifteen
(15) days following receipt of the Audit Notice from AS&E, Accuray will
provide to the Auditor the documentation used by Accuray to determine the
Percentage Payment calculation, including the cost of materials and outside
labor purchased by Accuray and the cost of labor of Accuray’s personnel, and
any additional documentation reasonably requested by the Auditor required to
confirm the Percentage Payment calculation performed by Accuray (collectively “Back-up Documentation”). 
The Auditor’s audit and examination of the Percentage Payment
calculation will be limited to a determination of whether the Percentage
Payment provided by Accuray is accurate based on the Back-up Documentation
provided, and, prior to receiving such documentation, the Auditor shall be
required to execute a non-disclosure agreement with Accuray and agree not to
disclose Accuray’s confidential and sensitive pricing information to AS&E
or any third parties.

 

(iv)                            The Auditor
shall complete its audit of the Percentage Payment calculation within sixty
(60) days of Accuray’s receipt of the Audit Notice and provide the results of
such audit to AS&E and Accuray in writing. 
If the audit results confirm Accuray’s calculation of the Percentage
Payment or indicate that Accuray’s calculation is not more than 5% greater than
the result of the Auditor’s calculation, AS&E shall be responsible for the
costs and fees of the Auditor.  If the
audit concludes that Accuray’s calculation of the Percentage Payment is more
than 5% greater than the Auditor’s calculation, Accuray shall be responsible
for the costs and fees of the Auditor.

 

(v)                               If the audit
confirms Accuray’s calculation of the Percentage Payment, AS&E shall remit
payment of such Percentage Payment amount to Accuray within thirty (30) days of
receipt of the audit results from the Auditor. 
If the audit results provided by the Auditor are not consistent with
Accuray’s calculation of the Percentage Payment, the parties will escalate the
matter to be resolved in accordance with Section 20.2.

 

Following
payment to Accuray of the Percentage Payment for such cancelled Products,
AS&E shall be the owner of any such work in progress and Accuray shall
deliver the unfinished Products to AS&E at AS&E’s cost.

 

2.6.                   Rescheduling
Product Delivery.  AS&E
may request deferred delivery of Products pursuant to Quotes already accepted
by Accuray, provided that AS&E cannot defer delivery of Products beyond the
date that is ninety (90) days following the originally scheduled delivery date
under such Quote.

 

2.7.                   Quarterly
Forecasts.  AS&E
will supply non-binding quarterly forecasts to Accuray to cover a three (3) month
rolling period to be used by Accuray for its material and capacity planning 

 

3

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

purposes for the manufacture of Products.  AS&E will provide non-binding quarterly
forecasts to Accuray no later than thirty (30) days prior to the start of the
applicable quarter.  AS&E will advise
Accuray as soon as practicable in writing of any significant changes in
anticipated quarterly volume.

 

2.8.                   Long Lead-Time
Parts.  The Products incorporate
certain component parts sourced by Accuray from third parties that require long
lead times as set forth in Exhibit B (“Long
Lead-Time Parts”).   Accuray
agrees to reduce the Lead Time for each Product ordered by AS&E, so long as
AS&E delivers to Accuray, at least six (6) weeks prior to its Purchase
Order for such Product, a purchase support order (a “Parts
Purchase Support Order”) for any or all of the Long Lead-Time Parts
that are components of the Product ordered. If AS&E timely submits a Parts
Purchase Support Order, effective as of the delivery of such Parts Purchase
Support Order, (i) Accuray shall be deemed to have confirmed and accepted
the Parts Purchase Support Order in accordance with Section 2.4, (ii) the
Lead Time shall be reduced to two (2) weeks plus the longest lead-time for
the Long Lead-Time Parts required for the Product that are not included in the
Parts Purchase Support Order, and (iii) Accuray shall reserve in
inventory, exclusively for Products delivered to AS&E, the Long Lead-Time
Parts purchased by AS&E under such Parts Purchase Support Order.  Any Parts Purchase Support Order submitted by
AS&E hereunder shall be deemed cancelled upon the delivery by Accuray to
AS&E of Products incorporating the Long Lead-Time Parts covered by such
Parts Purchase Support Order.

 

3.                            ENGINEERING
AND PROCESS CHANGES

 

3.1.                   Accuray
Engineering and Process Changes.  Accuray may make Minor Engineering Changes or
Required Engineering Changes without prior written approval from AS&E
subject to the terms of this Section 3. 
For purposes of this Agreement, “Minor Engineering Changes”
means those that do not alter the form, fit or function, reliability,
performance or maintainability of (i) the Products received by AS&E,
or (ii) products or systems distributed by AS&E in combination with
the Products.  Product “Required Engineering Changes” means those that are required
to make the Product conform to applicable regulations and legal
requirements.  In the event that Accuray
proposes any Minor or Required Engineering Changes to the Products, it shall (i) provide
AS&E with a reasonable opportunity to review such proposed modifications, (ii) accept
reasonable accommodations requested by AS&E and (iii) notify AS&E
in writing of such change at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to the
implementation of such modification.

 

3.2.                   AS&E
Engineering Changes.  AS&E may
from time to time request in writing that Accuray implement engineering or
design changes in the Products or revisions to the Product Specification (as
defined below) or Acceptance Test Procedure (as defined below) (“Engineering Changes”). 
Such request shall be accompanied by an Engineering Change Order (“ECO”) with a written description of the proposed Engineering
Change sufficient to permit Accuray to evaluate its feasibility, drawings,
media, and a proposed implementation date. 
Within thirty (30) business days of such request, Accuray will advise
AS&E in writing of the conditions under which Accuray will implement the
Engineering Change and the basis for such conditions (including applicable
supporting documentation therefor). 
Accuray’s evaluation will include, at a minimum, the impact on delivery,
the additional cost to AS&E 

 

4

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

to implement the Engineering Change or resulting
cost savings, as applicable, and the cost of reimbursement to Accuray for any
obsolete materials and rework for open orders that results from the
implementation of any Engineering Changes.

 

3.3.                   Accuray
Engineering Change Requests. 
Accuray may from time to time request in writing an Engineering Change,
other than a Minor or Required Engineering Change, which request shall include
the basis for such Engineering Change (including applicable supporting
documentation therefor), a description of any cost increase or decrease
associated with the Engineering Change and any impact on delivery of Products.
Within thirty (30) business days of receipt of such request, AS&E will
advise Accuray in writing of its acceptance or rejection of such Engineering
Change.  Accuray will continue to deliver
unchanged Products in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement if the
parties do not agree upon the Engineering Change.

 

3.4.                   Implementation
of Engineering Changes.  Both parties
agree to work together in good faith to implement Engineering Changes to
improve the Products.  Once the parties
agree to any Engineering Change, Product Specifications, Acceptance Test
Procedures and Quotes shall be amended accordingly and pricing shall be
adjusted in accordance with Section 6 hereof.

 

4.                            PRODUCT
TESTING AND DELIVERY

 

4.1.                   Product
Specifications.  Products
will be delivered in accordance with the current revision of the applicable
Product specification as amended by any AS&E ECOs (“Product
Specification”).  The Product
Specifications shall be controlled by AS&E and provided to Accuray upon
request.  AS&E’s ECO procedures will
require that Accuray agree in writing to any revisions to the Product
Specifications.

 

4.2.                   Product Testing.  Products shall be tested by Accuray in
accordance with the current revision of the acceptance test procedure as
amended by any AS&E ECOs (“Acceptance Test Procedure”).  The current versions of the Acceptance Test
Procedures are attached as Exhibit C.  The Acceptance Test Procedure shall be
controlled by Accuray and provided to AS&E upon request. AS&E’s ECO
procedures will require that Accuray agree in writing to any revisions to the
Acceptance Test Procedure.

 

4.3.                   Method of
Delivery.  Delivery is
F.O.B. Origin at Accuray’s facility in Sunnyvale, California.  All risk and responsibility for the welfare
and safekeeping of the Products shall pass to AS&E upon receipt from
Accuray’s facility.  AS&E shall be
responsible for all insurance and freight costs associated with the
transportation and shipment of the Products from Accuray’s facility.

 

4.4.                   Delivery
Standards.  Accuray
will meet or exceed an on-time delivery requirement of ninety-five percent
(95%).  Following issuance of a Quote,
Accuray shall notify AS&E in writing of significant risks to meeting
Delivery Dates relating to such Quote as soon as reasonably practicable.  Within 72 hours of providing such
notification to AS&E, Accuray will develop plans to mitigate such delivery
risk and minimize delay to the extent feasible and communicate such plans to
AS&E.  Accuray and AS&E agree to
work together in the event of a significant risk to meeting Delivery Dates.  Accuray shall be responsible for all costs 

 

5

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

and expenses it incurs to ensure delivery of
Products within the Minimum Lead Time or by the Delivery Date indicated in the
applicable Quote, provided that Accuray shall not be liable for any costs and
expenses incurred as a result of AS&E’s delay or failure to perform its
obligations hereunder.

 

4.5.                   Packaging.  Accuray is responsible for packaging and
crating the Products for shipment to AS&E’s primary office located in
Billerica, Massachusetts.  Accuray and
AS&E will agree on a commercially reasonable and mutually acceptable
packaging method to ensure safe delivery of the Product to its destination.

 

5.                            QUALITY

 

5.1.                   Quality System.  Accuray will measure the quality and
reliability of Products delivered to AS&E during the duration of this
Agreement consistent with the quality procedures maintained by Accuray.  Accuray will maintain an ISO13485 or ISO9001
certified quality system.  The quality
system shall meet AS&E’s quality and product requirements which may be
audited by AS&E for conformance annually at AS&E’s cost and upon
reasonable prior written notice.

 

5.2.                   Changes to
Procured Components.  Accuray
will notify AS&E of any significant proposed changes in the Products
related to any component procurement specification or drawing changes.  Significant changes are those with a
potential to affect form, fit or function of the Products.  Accuray shall advise AS&E of the effect
of such action on product quality so that AS&E may determine whether changes
affect Product quality.  AS&E shall
approve in writing any significant changes in the Products provided to
AS&E, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

5.3.                   Accuray shall provide
documentary support, as reasonably requested by AS&E in writing, for
AS&E’s “Conformité Européenne” (CE) and “Technische Uberwachungs - Verein
Rheinland” (TUV) critical components compliance requirements.

 

5.4.                   Product Quality.  Accuray and AS&E will cooperate on a
timely basis regarding issues affecting Product quality, including AS&E
customer complaints, improvement of reliability and field issues.

 

6.                            PRICING
AND PAYMENT

 

6.1.                   Product Pricing.  The prices for Products shall be firm and
fixed as set forth in Exhibit A; subject to adjustment as mutually
agreed by the parties with respect to any design changes, Engineering Changes
or other changes to Products that are requested by AS&E.

 

6.2.                   Time of Payment.  Accuray will send AS&E invoices upon
shipment of Products.  AS&E will
forward payment to Accuray net thirty (30) calendar days from the date of
delivery of such Products to AS&E.

 

6

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

6.3.                   No Retroactive
Application of Pricing.  The
Product prices provided in this Agreement apply to Quotes accepted by Accuray
following the Effective Date of this Agreement and shall not apply
retroactively to Product orders pending prior to the Effective Date.

 

7.                            INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY AND JOINT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

7.1.                   Ownership of
Intellectual Property. 
AS&E and Accuray are parties to an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated December 12,
2004, and certain other ancillary agreements pursuant to which Accuray
purchased certain assets and intellectual property from AS&E (“Asset Purchase” and the intellectual property purchased by
Accuray in that transaction, the “Purchased IP”).
AS&E and Accuray are parties to a license agreement (“License
Agreement”), dated December 12, 2004, pursuant to which each
party licensed to the other certain exclusive and non-exclusive rights to the
Purchased IP and to any improvements, modifications or enhancements thereto (“Improvements to Purchased IP”).  For the purpose of clarification, Accuray has
made Improvements to Purchased IP subsequent to the Asset Purchase all of which
are the intellectual property of Accuray subject to the terms of the License
Agreement. Accuray has developed intellectual property on traveling wave linear
accelerator technologies (“Traveling Wave IP”)
which, along with any improvements, modifications and enhancements thereto, is
intellectual property of Accuray to which Accuray maintains exclusive ownership
and is not subject to the terms of the License Agreement.  The Purchased IP, Improvements to Purchased
IP, and Traveling Wave IP make up Accuray IP that is the subject of this
Agreement (“Accuray IP”) set forth in Exhibit D.  For the purpose of clarification, Accuray
owns additional intellectual property that is not the subject of this
Agreement, and is not included in the definition of Accuray IP, and AS&E
retained ownership of certain intellectual property other than the Purchased IP
that was not transferred to Accuray pursuant to the Asset Purchase, including,
without limitation, the intellectual property rights described in Schedule 2.2(g) to
the Asset Purchase Agreement and set forth in Exhibit E (“AS&E IP”). 
Nothing in this Agreement transfers, or shall be construed to transfer,
ownership or any other rights in any intellectual property between the parties.

 

7.2.                   Joint Research
and Development.  Accuray and
AS&E may agree to engage in joint development of improvements or other
technology related to the Products (“R&D”) and
in particular with regard to (i) detection systems for use by domestic and
foreign commercial, government and military customers for security related
purposes, and (ii) detection and inspection systems for use in government
and commercial non-destructive evaluation of finished products of component
quality (collectively, “Security Systems”).  The allocation of the costs of such R&D
and the ownership of any rights, title and interest in and to the intellectual
property resulting from such R&D shall be agreed between the parties in
writing on a case-by-case basis prior to the commencement of any such R&D.

 

7.3.                   Transfer Limits
of Accuray IP [*].  Accuray
shall not (a) assign or transfer the Purchased IP or Improvements to
Purchased IP for use in the Homeland Security or Non-Destructive Testing
Markets (as such terms are defined in the License Agreement) or (b) assign
or transfer the Traveling Wave IP to [*]. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Accuray may (i) continue to make,
use, sell or offer for sale products incorporating the Accuray IP to third
parties for use in markets other than the Homeland

 

[*]  Certain
information on this page has been redacted and filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested
with respect to the omitted portions.

 

7

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

Security
or Non-Destructive Testing Markets, (ii) continue to make, use, sell or
offer for sale products incorporating the Traveling Wave IP and improvements
thereto without restriction, (iii) assign or transfer the Accuray IP
without AS&E’s prior written consent (A) in connection with a merger
with, acquisition by, or the sale of all or substantially all of Accuray’s
assets to any successor or acquirer without restriction, and (B) in
connection with a sale or other transfer of all of or substantially all of
Accuray’s Linear Accelerator Division to any successor or acquirer[*], so long
as the successor or acquirer agrees to, and does, assume Accuray’s obligations
hereunder and under the License Agreement, and (iv) assign, transfer,
dispose or sell any of Accuray’s intellectual property, except the Accuray IP,
to any entity without restriction.

 

8.                            TERMINATION

 

8.1.                   Termination for
Convenience.  Either
party may terminate this Agreement at any time without cause by giving the
other not less than six (6) months prior written notice.  In the event that either party elects to
terminate this Agreement, AS&E may continue to submit Purchase Orders
during the six (6) month termination notice period, and Accuray agrees to
provide Quotes for such Purchase Orders in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

 

8.2.                   Termination for
Cause by Either Party.  If
either party breaches a material provision of this Agreement, the
non-defaulting party may terminate this Agreement if the breaching party fails
to remedy such breach within thirty (30) days following receipt of written
notice of such breach.

 

8.3.                   Long Lead-Time
Parts following Termination.  In the event that any Parts Purchase Support
Orders issued by AS&E in accordance with Section 2.8 remain
outstanding at the termination or expiration of this Agreement, Accuray shall
use commercially reasonable efforts to utilize the Long Lead-Time Parts covered
by such Parts Purchase Support Order in other Accuray products or attempt to
resell such Long Lead-Time Parts to a third party, including the original
supplier of such materials, within 90 days of such termination (“Run-Off Period”).  If
the Agreement is terminated by AS&E under Section 8.1 and Accuray is
unable to use or return such Long Lead-Time Parts within the Run-Off Period,
then upon expiration of the Run-Off Period, Accuray shall provide written
notice to AS&E specifying the Long Lead-Time Parts ordered by AS&E
remaining in Accuray inventory, together with documentation supporting the
inventory value of such Long Lead-Time Parts (the “Unit Cost”),
and any out-of-pocket costs incurred by Accuray for unusual disposal of
hazardous or regulated materials (“Special Disposal Costs”).  If AS&E agrees with the Unit Cost and
Special Disposal Costs reflected in the notice it receives from Accuray, within
30 days following receipt of such notice, AS&E shall remit payment to
Accuray in an amount equal to the total of (i) the Unit Cost, plus (ii) Special
Disposal Costs, plus (iii) 10% of the Unit Cost. If AS&E disputes the
Unit Cost and/or Special Disposal Costs, then, within 30 days following its
receipt of the notice, AS&E shall submit an Audit Notice to Accuray and
designate an Auditor, and the parties will follow the procedures set forth in Section 2.5
(iii) through (v), provided that the scope of the Audit shall be limited
to the determination of whether the Unit Cost and Special Disposal Costs are an
appropriate measure of Accuray’s out-of-pocket costs incurred with respect to
the Long Lead-Time Parts subject to open Parts Purchase Support Orders not
utilized or resold by Accuray within the Run-Off Period.  If 

 

[*]  Certain
information on this page has been redacted and filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested
with respect to the omitted portions.

 

8

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

within
the Run-Off Period, Accuray sells any or all of such Long Lead-Time Parts to a
third party at a price that is less than the Unit Cost, AS&E shall
reimburse Accuray for the amount of the difference between the third party sale
price and the Unit Cost.  Any excess Long
Lead-Time Parts not sold or otherwise disposed of by Accuray for which AS&E
has provided payment to Accuray as set forth in this Section 8.3 shall be
the property of AS&E and shall be delivered to AS&E at AS&E’s
cost.  In no case shall AS&E be
responsible for Long Lead-Time Parts in excess of those Long Lead-Time Parts
covered by Parts Purchase Support Orders submitted by AS&E as described in Section 2.8.

 

8.4.                   Survival of
Existing Obligations.  Termination
of this Agreement will not relieve the parties of any obligations incurred
prior to the effective date of termination.

 

9.                            WARRANTIES

 

9.1.                   Product Warranty.  Accuray warrants that the Products delivered
under this Agreement will be free from material defects in workmanship and
materials and will continue to meet the relevant Product Specifications and
Acceptance Test Procedures for the lesser of (i) twelve (12) months from
acceptance of the Product at AS&E’s customer site as demonstrated in an
acceptance certificate executed by the parties, or (ii) a period not to
exceed twenty-four (24) months following the date the Products are delivered to
AS&E (“Warranty Period”).

 

9.2.                   Warranty
Remedies.  If, during
the Warranty Period, a Product delivered to AS&E does not conform to the
warranty provided in Section 9.1 above, AS&E will deliver a written
notice of such defect to Accuray within the Warranty Period, and Accuray will
promptly correct or repair such defect in accordance with this Section 9.  In the event that a defect identified by
AS&E during the Warranty Period requires an emergency or time sensitive
response, Accuray shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such
defect as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

9.3.                   Warranty of
Returned Products.  Accuray
warrants that Returned Products (as defined below) will be free from material
defects in workmanship and materials for a period equal to the greater of: (i) the
remaining portion of the original Warranty Period for such Product, or (ii) one
hundred twenty (120) days from the date on which Accuray ships the replacement
or repaired Product to AS&E.

 

9.4.                   Warranty
Remedies.  AS&E’s
exclusive remedy and Accuray’s sole liability under this Section 9 in the
event of a Product warranty defect shall be for Accuray, at is option, to
either repair or replace the Product found to have failed to meet the warranty
provided in Section 9.1 above, provided that such defect is reported to
Accuray in writing during the Warranty Period and AS&E, at Accuray’s
request, provides Accuray with sufficient information or data required to
reproduce the alleged Product defect. 
If, after having confirmed that a Product is defective, Accuray
determines that it cannot remedy such defect, or that Accuray does not have the
equipment necessary to repair the defect, Accuray will provide AS&E a
replacement Product.

 

9.5.                   Warranty
Exceptions.  Accuray’s
warranty of Products provided hereunder shall be void and shall not apply if a
Product has been subjected to abuse, misuse, accident, alteration, neglect, 

 

9

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

operation inconsistent with the Product Specification
or documentation, or any unauthorized repair, installation or alteration of
Products by AS&E or any third party, except with respect to Product
maintenance services provided by AS&E pursuant to Section 10.1 below,
provided that Accuray shall not be liable for defects or damage caused by the
performance of AS&E’s maintenance services.

 

9.6.                   EXCEPT AS PROVIDED HEREIN,
ACCURAY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANITES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR WITH RESPECT TO
THE PRODUCTS OR ANY SERVICES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ALL
SUCH WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED.

 

9.7.                   IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER
PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR, AND EACH PARTY COVENANTS NOT TO BRING,
ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNTS PAID TO ACCURAY BY
AS&E, OR FOR SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE
DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGES WERE FORESEEABLE AND EVEN IF ADVISED THAT
SUCH DAMAGES WERE LIKELY TO OCCUR.

 

10.                     SERVICE,
TRAINING AND SPARE PARTS

 

10.1.             AS&E Field Service.  Accuray and AS&E agree that AS&E will
provide regular maintenance and will service the Products to a field
replaceable unit level while the Product is operating in the field and for a
period not to exceed seven (7) years after the purchase of such Products
by AS&E from Accuray.

 

10.2.             Accuray Service.  Accuray agrees to provide warranty repair or
replacement of non-performing Product field replacement units in the
field.  Accuray agrees to provide
maintenance service and support for the Products as currently provided by
Accuray personnel for the lesser of (i) seven (7) years from the date
the Product is commissioned or (ii) eight (8) years from the date the
Product is shipped to AS&E, such maintenance service and support to be
provided as requested by AS&E and at AS&E’s cost in accordance with
Accuray’s then current time and materials rates.

 

10.2.1.             Technical Phone Support.  Accuray will provide
and maintain technical phone support for AS&E field service technicians
during the Term of this Agreement Monday through Friday from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.
Pacific time  (excluding weekends and
holidays); provided, however, that AS&E will designate a technical trainer
to provide in-house first line response for AS&E technical support
requests.  If AS&E’s technical
trainer is not able to resolve the technical support issue, the technical
trainer will refer the issue to Accuray’s technical phone support line.

 

10.3.             Training.  AS&E shall be permitted to receive
Accuray’s standard technical repair training program at Accuray’s facility in
Sunnyvale, California for a maximum of three (3) personnel to be provided
prior to April 1, 2010 and, thereafter, one technical training session for
a 

 

10

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

maximum of three (3) personnel per calendar
year of the remaining Term.  If AS&E
does not make its personnel available to receive the allotted training within
the time periods specified above, AS&E shall waive its right to receive
such training.  AS&E shall be solely
responsible for the travel and lodging costs incurred to send its personnel for
training at Accuray’s facility.  Accuray
will otherwise make available to AS&E technical repair training in
accordance with Accuray’s then current technical training program. Accuray will
provide its standard technical training to AS&E participants upon request,
at AS&E’s cost in accordance with Accuray’s then current training rates and
subject to course availability.

 

10.4.             Spare Parts.  Accuray and AS&E agree that AS&E’s
business requires it to provide time critical spare parts for Products (“Spare Parts”) to its customers.  AS&E agrees to maintain and control its
own inventory of Spare Parts that will be (i) determined by the parties on
a regular basis, but no less than annually, and (ii) maintained at
AS&E’s cost.  Subject to the warranty
exceptions provided in Section 9.5 above, Accuray warrants that Spare
Parts will be free from material defects in workmanship and materials for the
lesser of one (1) year following delivery of the Spare Parts to AS&E
or ninety (90) days following installation of such Spare Parts performed in
accordance with AS&E’s regular practice, provided that (A) AS&E
stores Spare Parts under appropriate environmental conditions required to
maintain their viability, including, in particular, storage of linear
accelerator guide assemblies under vacuum pump operation, including a
preventative maintenance routine of re-pumping the vacuum every six (6) months,
and as otherwise mutually agreed between the parties, and (B) AS&E
shall not be entitled to any repair or replacement of Spare Parts pursuant to the
foregoing warranty until AS&E has returned the defective Spare Part to
Accuray and Accuray has completed a failure analysis confirming the defect
claimed by AS&E. AS&E may request that Accuray provide repair services
in relation to Spare Parts at AS&E’s cost in accordance with Accuray’s then
current time and materials rates. 
Accuray will use its commercially reasonable efforts to supply Spare
Parts to AS&E for a period of seven (7) years from the date that the
relevant Product is commissioned.

 

10.5.             Accuray agrees to make
available Spare Parts and subassemblies for AS&E to purchase in
commercially reasonable quantities during the Term of this Agreement.  Accuray or the relevant manufacturer will
quality test the Spare Parts as indicated in Exhibit H prior to
delivery to AS&E.

 

10.6.             Subject to Section 11
below and at AS&E’s request, Accuray will provide a cost estimate to
AS&E that identifies the labor hours, labor costs and material costs for
repair or replacement services for Products that are either out of warranty or
require repairs not covered by the warranty provided by Accuray under this
Agreement.  In addition, Accuray shall
provide a further time and materials quotation to AS&E to the extent the
issue causing the Product not to perform is different than the issue originally
identified by AS&E.

 

10.7.             Spare Parts pricing will be
no higher than that offered to Accuray’s most favored commercial customer that
purchases the same Spare Parts as specified in the applicable Product
Specification in an annual volume substantially similar to that purchased by
AS&E.  A complete list of current
Spare Parts pricing is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit H.

 

11

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

10.8.             All Spare Parts are to be
delivered to AS&E F.O.B. Origin at Accuray’s facility in Sunnyvale,
California.  Accuray will add shipping
costs to the price of Spare Parts delivered to AS&E except for Spare Parts shipped
by Accuray to remedy a warranty defect as provided in Section 9 above,
which shall be shipped at Accuray’s cost.

 

10.9.             Accuray
Time and Materials Rates.  AS&E may request services from Accuray on
a time and materials basis as provided in this Agreement.  These services will be provided at AS&E’s
cost in accordance with Accuray’s then current service rates.  Accuray’s current hourly service rate is $350
per hour.

 

11.                     PRODUCT
RETURNS

 

11.1.             Before returning Products to
Accuray for repair, AS&E shall notify Accuray via email, facsimile
transmission or other writing whether the Product is being returned for a
warranty claim or whether AS&E’s agrees to pay Accuray’s then current time
and materials rates for any out of warranty repair and request a return
material authorization form (“RMA”).  Accuray will forward an RMA to AS&E, upon
receipt of which AS&E will return the defective Products with prepaid
freight (“Returned Product”) to Accuray for
repair.

 

11.2.             If the Returned Product is
not subject to a warranty claim, Accuray will notify AS&E and, if AS&E
authorizes repair, AS&E will provide a Purchase Order to Accuray requesting
repair services and Accuray’s shipment of the Returned Product back to AS&E
shall be accompanied by an invoice for time and materials fees charged by
Accuray for such non-warranty repair, with such invoice to be paid by AS&E
within thirty (30) days after receipt. 
Accuray will quality test the Returned Products as indicated in Exhibit H
prior to delivering such Returned Products to AS&E.  If Accuray and AS&E mutually determine,
after inspection and testing, that a Returned Product for which AS&E made a
warranty claim is free of defects, Accuray’s shipment of the Returned Product
back to AS&E shall be accompanied by an invoice for a “Defect Not Found” at
the appropriate hourly labor charge for such determination in accordance with Section 10.9
above which AS&E shall pay within thirty (30) days of receipt.

 

11.3.             Accuray will provide repair
services to AS&E for out-of warranty Returned Products for a period of one (1) year
following the termination or expiration of this Agreement at Accuray’s then
current time and materials rates.

 

12.                     OWNERSHIP
OF DESIGNS AND INFORMATION

 

12.1.             IP Ownership. The ownership
of intellectual property in the Products and any licenses between the parties
in relation thereto are as set forth in the License Agreement and this
Agreement.

 

12.2.             No Reverse Engineering.  AS&E shall not attempt to copy, reverse
engineer, deconstruct or decompile the Products integrating the Traveling Wave
IP and sold to AS&E pursuant to this Agreement.  AS&E shall not copy, reverse engineer,
deconstruct or decompile any other Products sold to AS&E pursuant to this
Agreement, so long as Accuray continues to timely supply Products to AS&E
under the terms of this Agreement.

 

12

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

12.3.             Release of Product Design
Documents.  If Accuray (i) fails
to comply with the provisions of this Agreement in fulfilling any Quote or (ii) fails
to provide service and support as required in Section 10.2, and such
failure remains uncured after thirty days written notice from AS&E, then,
in such event, Accuray agrees to provide AS&E a copy of all drawings,
related product manufacturing documents and software necessary to enable
AS&E to manufacture or procure the Product and obtain the maintenance
service support required for existing Products.

 

13.                     INDEMNIFICATION.

 

13.1.             AS&E shall indemnify and
hold Accuray harmless from and against any and all liability, damages, costs,
losses and expenses (“Costs”) arising
out of or in connection with any personal injury, including death, or any
damage to property or business which may be suffered by Accuray, its agents or
employees or by any third party, arising out of or in connection with the use
or operation of the Products or a failure to properly operate the Products
provided under this Agreement (“Claims”),
except that AS&E shall not indemnify Accuray to the extent that such damage
or loss is a direct result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Accuray
or a manufacturing defect of the Product. 
Accuray shall indemnify and hold AS&E harmless against any and all
Costs arising as a direct result of its negligence, willful misconduct or
manufacturing defect of the Product to the extent such Costs reflect Accuray’s
relative fault therefor.

 

13.2.             Intellectual Property
Indemnity.  Accuray
shall at its expense defend any action brought against AS&E with respect to
a claim by a third party that the design or manufacture of the Products
infringes any valid patent or other intellectual property right, and shall pay
any damages awarded by a court arising from such claim (“IP Claim”),
provided AS&E gives Accuray prompt written notice of such IP Claim and
assistance in settling or defending such IP Claim.  Accuray agrees not to settle any such IP
Claim without the prior written consent of AS&E (not to be unreasonably
withheld).  AS&E shall have full
authority to settle or defend any claims brought against it to the extent such
claims do not allege that the Products infringe intellectual property rights of
a third party or are otherwise excluded under Section 13.2.2.

 

13.2.1.             Certain Remedies.  If a court judgment prohibits AS&E’s
continued use of a Product, or if at any time Accuray determines that a Product
may become subject to a cause of action for infringement, Accuray may at its
expense either (i) procure a license to enable AS&E to continue using
such Product, (ii) replace such Product with a non-infringing Product, or (iii) remove
such Product and refund a pro-rated portion of the purchase price paid by the
Customer for such Product.  Accuray shall
have no liability hereunder with respect to any claims settled by AS&E
without Accuray’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

13.2.2.             Indemnity Exclusions.  Accuray shall have no liability for, and
AS&E shall indemnify and hold Accuray harmless from and against any Costs
incurred in relation to claimed infringement by the Product of any third party
intellectual property rights to the extent such infringement arises solely
from: (i) the use of a Product by AS&E or its personnel other than in
the Homeland Security or Non-

 

13

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

Destructive Testing markets, (ii) the combination of the Products
with equipment, processes, programming applications or materials not furnished
by Accuray; provided however that Accuray shall bear proportionate liability
for such claim only to the extent the design or manufacture of the Product
contributes to the claimed infringement, (iii) compliance by Accuray with
AS&E’s designs, specifications or instructions, or (iv) AS&E’s
continued use of a Product after Accuray has recommended in writing that
AS&E suspend such use. This Section 13 states Accuray’s entire
liability for any claim based upon or related to any alleged infringement by a
Product of any third party intellectual property right.

 

13.3.             Indemnification Process.  The indemnities in this Section 13 are
subject to (i) the indemnifying party receiving prompt written notice of
the Claim, (ii) the indemnifying party having sole authority to defend or
settle the Claim, and (iii) the indemnified party does not compromise or
settle the Claim without the indemnifying party’s prior written consent (not to
be unreasonably withheld).  The
indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation to the indemnifying
party in the defense and settlement of such Claim.

 

14.                     INDEPENDENT
CONTRACTOR

 

14.1.             Independent Contractor
Status.  Each of the
parties hereto shall conduct the work to be performed hereunder as an
independent contractor and not as an agent or employee of the other party.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, each party shall choose the means to be employed and the manner of
carrying out its obligations hereunder. 
Neither party has authority, express or implied, to assume or create any
obligations on the other party’s behalf with respect to Products or
otherwise.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, neither party shall make any representation,
guarantee or warranty on the other party’s behalf, except that AS&E may
provide end-user customers with certain Product performance metrics that are
published by Accuray.  Neither party
shall use the other party’s company name, logo, artwork designs or
abbreviations thereof in any way that may result in confusion in relation to
AS&E and Accuray being separate entities.

 

15.                     COMPETITION

 

15.1.             Competition.  Except as provided in the License Agreement
and Section 7.3 above, nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of
Accuray or AS&E to develop, have developed, procure and/or market products
or services now or in the future, including any which may be competitive with
those that are the subject of this Agreement. 
Neither party shall be required to disclose planning information to the
other.

 

16.                     EXPORT

 

16.1.             Export.  AS&E
shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining any export license(s) required
for delivery of any Products by AS&E outside the United States.  To the extent previously received by Accuray,
Accuray agrees to provide AS&E with the Product’s most current technology
classification as determined by the U.S. Department of Commerce - Export
Administration Regulations (EAR) or, if applicable the U.S. Department of State
- International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR).

 

14

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

17.                     INSURANCE

 

17.1.             Insurance Requirements.  Each party warrants that it
is covered by liability insurance adequately covering its liabilities under
this Agreement.  Upon reasonable written
request, a party shall provide the other party with evidence of such insurance.  If in the performance of this Agreement,
either party is required to work in and/or enter premises occupied by or under
the control of the other party or a third party contractor of the other party,
or to use or operate property furnished by the other party, such other party
shall procure and maintain during the entire performance period of this
Agreement, premises liability, public liability, property damage and worker’s
compensation insurance in prudent, reasonable, and/or statutory amounts.

 

18.                     SECURITY
SYSTEMS MARKET

 

18.1.             License to Use Purchased IP
for Security Systems Applications.  Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the License
Agreement, Accuray granted AS&E an irrevocable, exclusive (even as to
Accuray), worldwide, fully paid license of the Intellectual Property (as
defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement) solely for use in connection with the
design, development, marketing, manufacturing, sales and service of products
intended for use in the Homeland Security Market and the Non-Destructive Testing
Market (“Security Systems License”).

 

18.2.             Traveling Wave Linear
Accelerator Project.  Following
the Asset Purchase, Accuray developed the Traveling Wave IP for use in
connection with medical, commercial and industrial markets including, but not
limited to, medical, Homeland Security and Non-Destructive Testing
Markets.  AS&E does hereby
acknowledge and agree that none of the design, development, marketing,
manufacturing, sales or other activities in relation to Traveling Wave IP by
Accuray were in breach or contravention of the License Agreement granted to
AS&E.  AS&E acknowledges and
agrees that Accuray may continue its development, manufacturing sale or
offering for sale to third parties of products incorporating the Traveling Wave
IP by Accuray for use in the Homeland Security Market or Non-Destructive
Testing Market.

 

18.3.             General Release.  In consideration of the provisions set forth
herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of
AS&E and Accuray, for themselves, their respective predecessors,
successors, assigns, agents and representatives, as well as each entity that
such party has the power to bind (by such party’s acts or signature) or over
which such party directly or indirectly exercises control (each party a “Releasor” and, collectively “Releasors”),
hereby forever releases, discharges, acquits and forgives the other party, its
officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, affiliates, successors
and assigns (each party a “Releasee” and,
collectively, “Releasees”), from all, and all
manner of, claims, demands, causes of action, obligations, damages, attorneys’
fees, costs and liabilities of any nature, at law or in equity, whether or not
now known, suspected or asserted, which such Releasor ever had, now has, or may
claim to have, or which such Releasor’s successors or assigns can, shall or may
have, for or by reason of the License Agreement, the Accuray IP, and the
Security Systems License, from the beginning of time until the date of
execution of this Agreement.

 

15

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

AS&E
hereby expressly waives the benefits of and any and all rights under Section 1542
of the Civil Code of California, which reads as follows:

 

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does
not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release,
which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her
settlement with the debtor.”

 

19.                     PUBLICATION

 

19.1.             Publication.  Neither party shall disclose the terms of
this Agreement to any third party, (with the exception of that party’s outside
legal counsel, accountants, or auditors) or the nature of the relationship of
the parties with respect to the terms of this Agreement, without first
obtaining the written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld) of the other party, except as may be required by applicable law,
regulation or stock exchange requirement.

 

20.                     GENERAL

 

20.1.             Force Majeure.  Neither party shall be deemed to be in
default of this Agreement if prevented from performing any obligation hereunder
for any reason beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation,
governmental laws and regulations, terrorists acts, acts of God or the public,
calamities, floods, and storms.

 

20.2.             Disputes.  Should any difference, dispute, claim or
controversy (“Dispute”) arise under this
Agreement between the parties which cannot be resolved by discussions, the
parties shall attempt, in good faith, to negotiate a mutually agreeable
resolution within sixty (60) days after the Dispute arises.  Should any Dispute not be resolved by the
parties within such sixty (60) day period, the chief executive officers (or any
other duly authorized representative) of both parties shall attempt to amicably
resolve the Dispute over a further thirty (30) day period.  Should the Dispute remain unresolved by the
chief executive officers or authorized representatives of the parties following
such further thirty (30) day period, then the Dispute will be settled in any
federal or state court of competent jurisdiction in the State of California.

 

20.2.1.            Subject to Section 20.2 above in the case of a
Dispute other than a Dispute arising under Section 7.3 or Section 19
hereof or under the License Agreement, nothing herein shall be construed to
restrict either party from seeking injunctive relief or other equitable relief
in a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

20.3.             Governing Law.  The validity of this Agreement, the construction
and enforcement of its terms, and the interpretation of the rights and duties
of the parties shall be governed by the laws of the State of California,
without regard to its conflict of laws rules and shall bind the parties,
their successors and permitted assigns. 
The parties agree that the United States federal or state courts located
in California shall have jurisdiction.

 

20.4.             Damages.  NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER OR
TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR 

 

16

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

INDIRECT DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO THIS
AGREEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER
PARTY’S CUMULATIVE LIABILITY UNDER OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT,
OTHER THAN SECTION 13.2 HEREOF, RESULTING FROM ANY COURSE OF ACTION,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY, EXCEED
THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF PAYMENTS MADE OR RECEIVED HEREUNDER.THE PARTIES AGREE THAT
THE SOLE REMEDY FOR BREACH HEREUNDER, WHETHER IN LAW OR EQUITY, SHALL BE
LIMITED TO THOSE SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

20.5.             Assignment.  Subject to Section 7.3 above, neither
party may assign this Agreement without the other party’s prior written
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Any attempted assignment or transfer of any
of the rights, duties or obligations contained in this Agreement without the
prior written consent of the other party shall be void.  If consent is given, this Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the assigns.  Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will
bind and inure to the benefit of the parties’ permitted successors and assigns.

 

20.6.             Survival.  Sections 7 (Intellectual Property and
Joint Research and Development), 8 (Termination), 9 (Warranties), 10 (Service, Training
and Spare Parts), 11 (Product Returns), 13 (Indemnification), 15 (Competition),
16 (Export), 18 (Security Systems Market), 19 (Publications) and 20 (General)
will survive the termination of this Agreement in accordance with their terms
or, if no term is specified, indefinitely.

 

20.7.             Severability.   If any provision of
this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent
jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of the Agreement will remain in full
force and effect, and the provision affected will be construed so as to be
enforceable to the maximum extent permissible by law.

 

20.8.             Notices.  All notices required or permitted under this
Agreement will be in writing and delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission,
by courier or overnight delivery service, or by certified mail, and in each
instance will be deemed given upon receipt. 
All notices will be sent to the addresses set forth below or to such other
address as may be specified by either party to the other in accordance with
this Section.

 

	
  To Accuray:

  	
   

  	
  To Supplier:

  
	
  Accuray
  Incorporated

  	
   

  	
  American
  Science and Engineering, Inc.

  
	
  Attention:
  General Counsel

  	
   

  	
  Attention:
  Howard Hersey

  
	
  1310
  Chesapeake Terrace

  	
   

  	
  829
  Middlesex Turnpike

  
	
  Sunnyvale,
  CA 94089

  	
   

  	
  Billerica,
  MA 01821

  
	
  Tel.:
  408.716.4648

  	
   

  	
  Tel.:
  978.262.8882

  

 

20.9.             Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the complete and
exclusive understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements,
whether written or oral, with respect to the subject 

 

17

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

matter hereof. 
Any waiver, modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement
will be effective only if in writing and signed by authorized representatives
of the parties.

 

20.10.       Waiver.  Any waiver of a breach or any failure to
enforce any provision of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach of such provision, any other provision of this Agreement or
the rights of a party pursuant to this Agreement.

 

20.11.       Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together
will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

20.12.       Termination of Prior
Agreement.  Accuray and
AS&E are parties to a Basic Purchase Agreement effective January 10,
2005 for the sale by Accuray of certain linear accelerator products to AS&E
(“Prior Agreement”).  The parties are entering into this Agreement
for the sale of Products by Accuray to AS&E; therefore, upon the execution
of this Agreement by the parties and as of the effective date of this
Agreement, the Prior Agreement, and all of its terms and conditions, shall
automatically terminate and the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall
govern the respective rights and obligations of the parties.  The parties agree that as of the effective
date of this Agreement the terms of this Agreement shall supersede the terms of
the Prior Agreement in their entirety.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

18

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this
Agreement as of the last date set forth below.

 

	
  ACCURAY INCORPORATED

  	
   

  	
  AMERICAN SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING, INC.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  By:
  

  	
  /s/
  Chris A. Raanes

  	
   

  	
  By:
  

  	
  /s/
  Patricia A. Gray

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Print
  Name: 

  	
  Chris
  A. Raanes

  	
   

  	
  Print
  Name: 

  	
  Patricia
  A. Gray

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Title:

  	
  COO

  	
   

  	
  Title:
  

  	
  Sr.
  VP and General Counsel

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Date:

  	
  1/8/10

  	
   

  	
  Date:
  

  	
  December 21,
  2009

  

 

 

	
  ACCURAY LEGAL:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  By:
  

  	
  /s/
  Darren J. Milliken

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Print
  Name: 

  	
  Darren
  J. Milliken

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Title:

  	
  Senior
  Vice President and General Counsel

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Date:

  	
  1-8-2010

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

19

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

EXHIBIT A

 

PRODUCTS AND PRICING

 

6MEV Standing Wave Linac System:

 

	
  Quantity

  	
   

  	
  Price per Unit

  
	
  Order Qty: 1 – 9 units

  	
   

  	
  [*] per unit

  
	
  Order Qty: 10+ units

  	
   

  	
  [*] per unit

  

 

3 MEV Standing Wave Linac System:

 

	
  Quantity

  	
   

  	
  Price per Unit

  
	
  Order Qty: 1 – 9 units

  	
   

  	
  [*] per unit

  
	
  Order Qty: 10+ units

  	
   

  	
  [*] per unit

  

 

Traveling
Wave LINAC System Pricing:

 

1.
Preliminary Pricing. Accuray agrees to provide discounted pricing to
AS&E for traveling wave LINAC products (“Traveling
Wave Products”) sold by Accuray to its commercial customers in the
Homeland Security market.   Discounted pricing shall be established
on a product by product basis prior to Accuray’s first commercial delivery in
the Homeland Security market, but, thereafter, shall be subject to adjustment
in accordance with this provision. AS&E and Accuray agree to meet annually
to review product development and agree (i) pricing, (ii) volume
thresholds and (iii) product definitions for Traveling Wave Products sold
to AS&E.  The first meeting shall
take place within one (1) month following the Effective Date with
subsequent meetings to occur annually thereafter during the Term of this
Agreement on the anniversary of the initial meeting date, unless otherwise
agreed between the parties.  Subject to
the annual review of the parties, pricing for Traveling Wave Products shall be:

 

	
  (a)

  	
  [*]; or

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  (b)

  	
  [*].

  

 

2.
Administration of Adjusted Pricing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on
the date (“Adjustment Date”) that Accuray
delivers any Traveling Wave Product to a Commercial Customer in the Homeland
Security market at a price that is lower than the then applicable purchase
price available to AS&E in accordance with the volume thresholds and
product definitions agreed between the parties, then, (i) AS&E shall
be entitled to receive adjusted pricing as provided in subsections (a) or (b) above,
as applicable (“Adjusted Pricing”), and (ii) in
the event Accuray delivers Traveling Wave Products to AS&E after the
Adjustment Date but invoices AS&E for such products without application of
the Adjusted Pricing as required above (“Legacy Priced Products”),
AS&E shall be credited the amount of the difference in the per unit price
invoiced by Accuray and the applicable per unit Adjusted Pricing that should
apply (“Price Credit”) for each of the Legacy
Priced Products.  Price Credits shall be
applied to (y) future invoices for Traveling Wave Products delivered to
AS&E on a one Price Credit per unit invoiced basis or, if AS&E does not
purchase additional Traveling Wave Products, (z) to future invoices for
Spare Parts delivered to AS&E on a dollar for dollar basis.

 

[*]  Certain
information on this page has been redacted and filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested
with respect to the omitted portions.

 

20

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

3.  Development Products.  The parties agree that any sale by Accuray to
a customer in the Homeland Security Market of development units of Traveling
Wave Products provided for engineering and/or evaluation purposes and not for
commercial use shall not be considered a sale to a Commercial Customer for the
purposes of Sections 1 and 2 above.

 

4.  Audit. AS&E shall be permitted to
audit the application of such Price Credits to its purchases in accordance with
the audit process provided in Section 2.5 of the Agreement to ensure
compliance with this provision.  If the
results of the Audit demonstrate that Accuray has not appropriately applied
Price Credits to AS&E’s purchases of Traveling Wave Products and/or Spare
Parts hereunder, Accuray shall be responsible for the cost of the Audit.

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

21

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

EXHIBIT B

 

LONG LEAD-TIME PARTS

 

The following list of Long Lead-Time Parts is
subject to change from time to time as notified to AS&E in writing as a
result of Product modifications, availability of parts, vendor substitutions
and similar restrictions.

 

	
  Part Description

  	
   

  	
  Lead-Time (Weeks)

  
	
  1.
  Dummy Load Water cool

  	
   

  	
  16.0

  
	
  2.
  Electron Gun

  	
   

  	
  16.0

  
	
  3.
  Circulator 4 Port W/L Power

  	
   

  	
  16.0

  
	
  4.
  WG 5’ Long

  	
   

  	
  16.0

  
	
  5.
  Atten DC 18GHz 3db

  	
   

  	
  14.0

  
	
  6.
  Plate Cvr AE Accel Hsg

  	
   

  	
  14.0

  
	
  7.
  Pulse Xfmr&Pulsh SH

  	
   

  	
  13.0

  
	
  8.
  Gun Elect 3.5MeV

  	
   

  	
  12.9

  
	
  9.
  Modulator Assembly

  	
   

  	
  12.0

  
	
  10.
  Pot 2K 3-Turn 1⁄4 shaft

  	
   

  	
  10.7

  
	
  12.
  Control Chassis Assembly

  	
   

  	
  10.0

  

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

22

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

EXHIBIT C

 

ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURES

 

1.  Work
Instruction 026619 for Industrial 6 MeV Linear Accelerator Extended Guide

2.  Work
Instruction 028519 for WI Test X-ray Head AS&E 6 MeV Extended Guide

3.  Work
Instruction 027339 for WI Test X-ray Head AS&E 3.5 MeV

4.  Work
Instruction 023745 for Industrial 3.5 MeV Linear Accelerator

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

23

 

 

Industrial
6MeV Linear Accelerator Extended Guide Final System Test Procedure

 

System
Serial Number

 

 

WI 026619

 

Rev A

 

 

Accuray
Confidential

Copyright Ó 2010 Accuray Incorporated

 

APPROVAL

 

	
  DEPT.
  MANAGER: J
  Rodriguez 

  	
   

  	
  DATE:

  	
  4-20-07

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/ Peter Nowakowski

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

Revision History

 

	
  Rev.

  	
   

  	
  ECO #

  	
   

  	
  Description of Change

  	
   

  	
  Revised By

  	
   

  	
  Date

  
	
  A

  	
   

  	
  3916

  	
   

  	
  Initial Release.

  	
   

  	
  D Skowbo

  	
   

  	
  4/19/07

  

 

 

1.0          PURPOSE/SCOPE

 

This
document defines the tests and measurements for Final Factory Test of the 6 MeV
Extended Guide Industrial Linear Accelerator X-ray System.

 

Additionally,
this document describes standard test procedures commonly used for purposes of
characterizing the Industrial Linear Accelerator X-ray System.

 

All
operating characteristics identified in the course of implementing these
procedures are recorded for the purpose of establishing baseline information on
the equipment, i.e. the actual operating conditions at the time of acceptance.

 

2.0                               RESPONSIBILITY

 

Test
Engineering is responsible for the maintenance of this test document

 

3.0          ASSOCIATED MATERIALS &
EQUIPMENT

 

3.1         Reference Documents

 

The
latest revisions of the following documents shall apply.

 

·                  Equipment specifications for the 6 MeV
Extended Guide High Energy Industrial Linear Accelerator.

·                  Workmanship Requirements for electronic
systems.

 

3.2         Data

 

All
data shall be recorded on reproducible copies of the test data sheets.  A clear copy of all acceptance test data
shall be supplied with each system. The original is to be filed in the Device
History Record.

 

3.3         Test Conditions

 

3.3.1 Input Power customer specific.

 

3.3.2 Ambient Temperature 40 to 90°F

 

3.4
Test Equipment

 

All
instrumentation used shall be in calibration and of sufficient accuracy to
perform the required measurements. Test equipment/ aids/ fixtures used during
the performance of tests are recorded in section 6 of test procedure.

 

4.0          TEST EQUIPMENT LIST

 

The
following is a list of recommended test equipment to be used for performance of
these tests.  If the recommended
instrument is not available, a suitable alternate of similar range and accuracy
may be used.

 

A     Oscilloscope Tektronics TDS
220 OR TDS720A

 

B     Digital
V.O.M. Fluke Model 79

 

3

 

C     Water Flow Gauge.

 

D     High Voltage Probe (Oscilloscope)
Tektronics P6015

 

E      H.V. Probe, D.C.

 

F                 Electometer “Unidos
E”, 0.6cc “peanut” with 6 Mev build-up cap.

 

G     Steel Plates (Half value
layer checks).

 

H     Laminar Camera, Mylar .007, steel .014

 

 

5.0               PROCEDURE

 

5.1           System Test

 

Section 7
of this document provides a step-by-step procedure for complete final factory
test of the 6 MeV Extended Guide Industrial Linear Accelerator X-ray
System.  It is assumed that complete
system checks out, debug and calibration has been accomplished prior to the
start of this test.

 

Although
the test steps have been placed in logical sequence, it is not a requirement of
this test to perform the test steps in that order.

 

All
data must be entered in ink.  No erasures
or “white-outs” are allowed. No writeovers are to be used when correcting
errors. Entries may be lined out, initialed, and new data entered with
appropriate explanation on the same page.

 

5.2           Option List

 

The
options included with each deliverable system shall be noted in the space
provided in the Data Record. If no options provided write “NONE”.

 

5.3           Acceptance

 

Upon
completion of this data package, the appropriate staff should review the
results for accuracy, completeness and compliance with specifications. (see page 21)
The appropriate signatures and dates in Part 9.0 will indicate acceptance.

 

5.4           Disposition

 

Original – Device History Record

 

1 Copy  - with
Tested Unit

 

4

 

6              Test Equipment Calibration

 

	
  Test
  Equipment

  	
   

  	
  Information

  	
   

  	
  Calibration Expiration

  
	
  Oscilloscope

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Model:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Digital
  Multimeter

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Model:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  High Voltage
  Oscilloscope Probe

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Model:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  High Voltage
  Probe

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Model:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Electrometer

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Model:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  0.6 cc Ion
  Chamber with 6 MeV Buildup Cap

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Model:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Water Flow Gauge

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Model:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

5

 

	
  TEST
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.1
  SF6 Gas System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1.1
  System Pressure regulator: Open value on SF6 tank, set regulator valve to
  maintain required system pressure, close valve on SF6 tank.

  	
   

  	
  System
  Gas Pressure

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  	
  28

  	
   

  	
  psig

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1.2
  System Leak Rate: Observe SF6 gas system pressure over a 48-hour period.
  Record leak rate.

  	
   

  	
  SF6
  Gas leak rate

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  0.2

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  psig/day

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.2
  Water System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.2.1
  Leak Check: Check water chiller, x-ray head RF system, interconnects hoses
  and fittings for water leaks.

  	
   

  	
  Water
  Leaks

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.2.2
  Flow Rate: Measure water flow rate.

  	
   

  	
  Flow
  Rate

  	
   

  	
  1.0

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  .75

  	
   

  	
  gpm

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.2.3
  Water chiller power, OFF Delay: Switch power off at control and observe time
  elapsed before water chiller switches off.

  	
   

  	
  Chiller
  Power  Off Delay

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3
  System Power

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.1
  Measure and record 3 phase input power. 
  

  	
   

  	
  o 380 System

  	
   

  	
  380

  	
   

  	
  400

  	
   

  	
  360

  	
   

  	
  VAB

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  o 480 System

  	
   

  	
  480

  	
   

  	
  504

  	
   

  	
  456

  	
   

  	
  VAC

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  VBC

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.2
  Main Thyratron Filament Voltage: Measure and record main Thyratron filament
  voltage.

  	
   

  	
  Main Thyratron Filament Voltage

  	
   

  	
  6.3

  	
   

  	
  6.8

  	
   

  	
  5.8

  	
   

  	
  Vac

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.3
  Main Thyratron Grid Bias Voltages: Measure and record Thyratron grid bias at
  the tube socket. Caution: Modulator Triggers should be turned off. 

  	
   

  	
  Grid 1 no load

  	
   

  	
  125

  	
   

  	
  150

  	
   

  	
  75

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Grid 1 Loaded

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Grid 2

  	
   

  	
  -70

  	
   

  	
  -120

  	
   

  	
  -50

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.4
  With H.V. Off record thyratron trigger waveform with digital scope or with
  scope camera, label & attach copy of waveform to this report.

  	
   

  	
  Waveform  Copy attached

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.5
  Dequing Thyratron Filament Voltage and Grid Trigger Power Supply Voltage:
  Measure and record dequing filament voltage at tube socket.

  	
   

  	
  Dequing Thyratron Filament Voltage

  	
   

  	
  6.3

  	
   

  	
  6.8

  	
   

  	
  5.8

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.6
  Measure and record Dequing grid trigger power supply voltage on dequing
  trigger chassis

  	
   

  	
  Dequing Grid Trigger Power Supply

  	
   

  	
  300

  	
   

  	
  350

  	
   

  	
  250

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.7
  VacIonÒ Power Supply
  Voltage: Measure and record high voltage out of VacIonÒ P.S.

  	
   

  	
  VacIon P.S. High Voltage

  	
   

  	
  4.5

  	
   

  	
  5.5

  	
   

  	
  3.5

  	
   

  	
  (KVDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.8
  Measure and record - 15 VDC to VacIon chassis in Modulator

  	
   

  	
  VacIon P. S.- 15 VDC

  	
   

  	
  - 15.0

  	
   

  	
  - 15.5

  	
   

  	
  - 14.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.9
  Verify 0.1 Hour elapsed time on Filament Hour Meter for 6 minutes (5 min for
  50 Hz) of power ON time.

  	
   

  	
  Filament Hour Meter

  	
   

  	
  6’

  	
   

  	
  6’36’’

  	
   

  	
  5’24’’

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  5’

  	
   

  	
  5’36”

  	
   

  	
  4”24”

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.10
  Verify 0.1 Hour elapsed time on Beam Hour Meter for 6 minutes (5 min for 50
  Hz) of High Voltage ON time.

  	
   

  	
  H.V. Hour Meter

  	
   

  	
  6’

  	
   

  	
  6’36’’

  	
   

  	
  5’24’’

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  5’

  	
   

  	
  5’36”

  	
   

  	
  4”24”

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

6

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.4
  MAGNETRON HTR OPERATION

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.1
  Magnetron Heater — Initial Voltage (Magnetron Filament Soft Start): Turn
  power on. Record Magnetron filament voltage for first 15 seconds after power
  on, as observed on modulator meter.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron  Heater Voltage  Initial

  	
   

  	
  4.5

  	
   

  	
  6.5

  	
   

  	
  3.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.2
  Magnetron Heater — Pre-Warm Voltage and Current: Measure the magnetron
  filament voltage after system power has been on for more than 10 minutes.
  System in LOCAL control. HV Breaker off.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron  Heater  Voltage

  	
   

  	
  -9.5

  	
   

  	
  -11

  	
   

  	
  -8

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.3Determine
  magnetron heater current by measuring voltage across R2 in magnetron heater
  power supply. Measure during pre-warm.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron Heater Current

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.4
  Magnetron Heater Standby:  Select Remote Control with switch inside the control chassis. J32
  disconnected from the back of the control chassis. Jumper J20-H to J20-J
  installed. Switch power on by connecting J32-3 to J32-22. (Disconnect J32-3
  to J32-22and return system to LOCAL control after this test.)

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron Heater Standby Voltage

  	
   

  	
  -8

  	
   

  	
  -9

  	
   

  	
  -6.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.5
  Magnetron Heater Power Supply PS1: Measure and record voltages out of power
  supply PS1 in Magnetron Heater Power Supply Box.

  	
   

  	
  PS1 + 15

  	
   

  	
  + 15.0

  	
   

  	
  +15.5

  	
   

  	
  +14.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  PS1 – 15

  	
   

  	
  - 15.0

  	
   

  	
  -15.5

  	
   

  	
  - 14.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.6
  Magnetron Heater - Meter Calibration: Set switch on modulator to Magnetron
  heater and read voltage at meter on modulator during 30 sec. magnetron
  filament pre-warm. Compare with actual magnetron heater voltage measured in
  7.4.2.

  	
   

  	
  Meter Accuray

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  + 0.2

  	
   

  	
  - 0.2

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.7
  Magnetron Heater - Run Voltage: Magnetron heater voltage steps down correctly
  as P.R.F. is increased. Measure and record the pulse rate at which steps
  occur and the magnetron heater voltage at these steps. (Voltage observed on
  meter on modulator). 

  	
   

  	
  Step 1 PRF

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Mag Htr Mtr

  	
   

  	
  7.0

  	
   

  	
  8.5

  	
   

  	
  5.5

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Step 2 PRF

  	
   

  	
  130

  	
   

  	
  155

  	
   

  	
  105

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Mag Htr Mtr

  	
   

  	
  5.0

  	
   

  	
  6.5

  	
   

  	
  3.5

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Step 3 PRF

  	
   

  	
  155

  	
   

  	
  125

  	
   

  	
  175

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Mag Htr Mtr

  	
   

  	
  3.6

  	
   

  	
  5.0

  	
   

  	
  2.2

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Step 4 PRF

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  220

  	
   

  	
  140

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Mag Htr Mtr

  	
   

  	
  3.0

  	
   

  	
  4.5

  	
   

  	
  1.5

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.8
  Mag Htr Run Back Operation

  	
   

  	
  Run Back

  	
   

  	
  OK

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
   ̈Yes ̈No

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

7

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.5
  Modulator Characteristics

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.1
  PRF at rated Output: Place a radiation ion chamber at a distance of 100 cm
  from the target and centered in the radiation field. Filter Block not
  installed on end of Primary Collimator. Use 6MeV build up cap on the ion
  chamber. Set PRF to produce 434 R/min (384 cGy/Min) at 100 cm. Record pulse
  rate.

  	
   

  	
  PRF at 434 R/min

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.2
  Magnetron Pulse Current: Connect oscilloscope to Magnetron current pulse jack
  at control console. Turn radiation on and adjust PRF to obtain 434 R/Min out
  at 100 cm. Measure and record Magnetron Pulse Current. (1V = 10 A)

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron Pulse Current

  	
   

  	
  75.0

  	
   

  	
  84.0

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.3
  While closely observing Magnetron pulse current amplitude, adjust pulse rate
  from maximum to minimum. Verify that Magnetron current varies Less than 0.5A
  through entire PRF range.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron Pulse Current stability

  	
   

  	
  <0.5

  	
   

  	
  0.5

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.4
  Record magnetron pulse current waveform and attach copy of waveform to this
  report.

  	
   

  	
  Capture Mag I Waveform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.5
  Magnetron Current Pulse Width: Measure and record Magnetron Current Pulse
  Width at 50% and 90% amplitude 

  	
   

  	
  @ 50%

  	
   

  	
  4.0

  	
   

  	
  4.2

  	
   

  	
  3.8

  	
   

  	
  (msec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  @ 90%

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (msec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.6
  Percentage Dequing: Determine the % Dequing with unit running at 434 R/Min.
  Measure HVPS voltage and PFN voltage. Calculate % Dequing. 2 VHPS – VPFN

                                   VPFN

  	
   

  	
  % Dequing

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.7
  With H.V. scope probe, record the PFN waveform with digital scope or scope
  camera, label & attach copy of waveform to this report.

  	
   

  	
  Capture PFN  Waveform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.8
  High Voltage Soft Start: With PRF set to 150 PPS turn high voltage ON.
  Measure and record Magnetron current during Soft Start

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron Current during Soft Start

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  55

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.9
  Measure and record HVPS soft start duration

  	
   

  	
  Soft Start duration

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.10
  Measure and record Magnetron Current ramp up duration. Duration time starts
  after audible pre-warn shuts off.

  	
   

  	
  MAG I ramp up duration

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.11
  Modulator H. V. P. S. Output Voltage: Connect a H. V. Scope probe to the
  output of H. V. P. S. in Modulator. Turn radiation ON and adjust PRF to
  obtain 434 R/min. Measure and record H. V. P. S. Output Voltage.

  	
   

  	
  H. V. P. S. Output Voltage

  	
   

  	
  10.5

  	
   

  	
  12.5

  	
   

  	
  10.0

  	
   

  	
  (KVDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.12
  Modulator H. V. P. S. Voltage Meter Calibration: Turn radiation ON and adjust
  PRF to obtain 434 R/min. Read Modulator Voltage meter on Modulator. Compare
  the actual Modulator H. V. P. S. Voltage measured in 7.5.11.

  	
   

  	
  Modulator H. V. P. S. Voltage Meter Reading Calibration

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  + 0.5

  	
   

  	
  - 0.5

  	
   

  	
  (KVDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.13
  Modulator H. V. P. S. Current: Turn radiation ON and adjust PRF to obtain 434
  R/Min. Record HVPS Current at meter on Modulator

  	
   

  	
  Modulator  H. V. P. S.
  Current Meter Reading

  	
   

  	
  200 mA

  	
   

  	
  500 mA

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (mA)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.14
  Record the charging current waveform at J3 on modulator, with digital scope
  or scope camera.

  	
   

  	
  Capture Charge I Waveform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.15
  Pulse Rate Frequency Limits: Turn radiation ON and set PRF to maximum.
  Measure and record PRF. Adjust PRF to minimum. Measure and record PRF. 

  	
   

  	
  PRF Max.

  	
   

  	
  190

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  PRF MIN

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.16
  Vacuum Current: Turn ON radiation and set PRF to produce 434 R/Min. Record
  vacuum current displayed at meter on Modulator.

  	
   

  	
  Vacuum Current

  	
   

  	
  10.0

  	
   

  	
  25.0

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (mA)

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

8

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.5.17
  Core Bias Current: Determine Core Bias Current by measuring voltage across
  R77 on Core Bias P. S. chassis in Modulator.

  	
   

  	
  Core Bias Current

  	
   

  	
  2.8

  	
   

  	
  3.5

  	
   

  	
  2.0

  	
   

  	
  VDC

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.19
  Capture Forward RF waveform

  	
   

  	
  Fwd Pwr

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.20
  Capture Reflected RF waveform

  	
   

  	
  Ref Pwr

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.21
  Capture Magnetron H.V. waveform

  	
   

  	
  Mag HV @ 1us

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.22
  Capture Magnetron H.V. Backswing

  	
   

  	
  Mag HV @ 5us

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6
  AFC System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.1
  AFC Electronics Power Supplies: Measure and record PS1 and Stepper Motor P.
  S. Voltages. 

  	
   

  	
  PS1 + 12

  PS1 -12

  Stpr +11

  	
   

  	
  + 12.0

  -12

  + 11

  	
   

  	
  + 12.3

  -12.5

  +14

  	
   

  	
  +11.7

  -11.5

  +9.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  (VDC)

  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.2
  Magnetron Tuner: (2 people required). Operate Magnetron tuner through several
  complete cycles from stop to stop. Note that operation is smooth and free of
  slipping and binding.

  	
   

  	
  Mechanical Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.3
  Monitor Magnetron tuner position meter at control while running tuner from
  stop to stop. 

  	
   

  	
  Meter Low

  Meter High

  	
   

  	
  0.0

  1.0

  	
   

  	
  0.04

  1.0

  	
   

  	
  0.0

  0.96

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.4
  Check number of revolutions of tuner from stop to stop.

  	
   

  	
  Tuner Mech. Stops

  	
   

  	
  2.5

  	
   

  	
  2.88

  	
   

  	
  2.0

  	
   

  	
  (Rev)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.5
  Monitor the time it takes for magnetron tuner meter to move full scale.

  	
   

  	
  Mag tuner

  speed

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  	
  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.6
  Magnetron Tuner Initial Position: With H.V. OFF and AFC selected at Control
  Console, read and record Magnetron tuner initial position on meter at Control
  Console.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron Tuner Initial Position

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  0.95

  	
   

  	
  0.05

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.7
  With AFC still selected, operate manual tune switch above and below initial
  position, note that tuner returns to initial position on meter.

  	
   

  	
  Initial Position Stability

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  + 0.02

  	
   

  	
  - 0.02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.8
  AFC Operation at max Rep Rate on Control Chassis. HV Beam OFF for more than 5
  minutes. Turn HV ON with PRF set to maximum. Note that AFC is locked on peak
  dose rate output after 1 minute. Verify by operating tuner manually above and
  below frequency locked on in AFC.

  	
   

  	
  AFC Lock @ max PRF

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.9
  With HV still ON, check that AFC locks back on frequency when tuner is
  manually tuned 0.1 divisions above and below AFC tune point on meter.

  	
   

  	
  AFC Range

  @ max PRF

  	
   

  	
  +/- .1 Division

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.10
  Verify that AFC loop settles within 2 seconds as viewed on mag tuner meter.

  	
   

  	
  AFC settle time @ max PRF

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.11
  Repeat 7.6.8 with PRF set to minimum.

  	
   

  	
  AFC Lock @ min. PRF

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.12
  Repeat 7.6.9 with PRF set to minimum

  	
   

  	
  AFC Range

  @ min PRF

  	
   

  	
  +/- .1 Division

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.13
  Verify that AFC loop settles within 2 seconds as viewed on mag tuner meter.

  	
   

  	
  AFC settle time @ min PRF

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.14
  Measure and record the following D.C. voltage levels on phase control P.C.B.
  in AFC box REF. To pin 11 on P.C.B. AFC/Man switch to man. 

  	
   

  	
  U2:5

  U2:6

  U2:10

  U2:7

  	
   

  	
  6.0

  	
   

  	
  7.0

  	
   

  	
  5.0

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  (VDC)

  (VDC)

  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

9

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.7
  Gun Control System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.1
  Accelerator Gun Heater Voltage Power Off Mode: With system power off and
  modulator circuit breakers on, measure and record accelerator gun heater
  voltage.

  	
   

  	
  Gun Heater

  Voltage

  	
   

  	
  -4.0

  	
   

  	
  -5.0

  	
   

  	
  -3.2

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.2
  Accelerator Gun Heater Voltage: With system power on, measure and record
  accelerator gun heater voltage.

  	
   

  	
  Gun Heater

  Voltage

  	
   

  	
  -6.0

  	
   

  	
  -6.6

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.3
  Accelerator Gun Heater Meter Calibration: Set switch on modulator to gun
  heater and read voltage at meter on modulator. Compare with actual X-ray head
  heater voltage measured in 7.7.2

  	
   

  	
  Meter

  Reading

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  + 0.2

  	
   

  	
  -0.2

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.4
  Gun High Voltage: Set up High Voltage Probe to measure Gun H. V. at P. S. in
  Arm Module. Turn Gun H. V. ON by performing radiation ON sequence.

  	
   

  	
  Gun H. V.

  	
   

  	
  -15.0

  	
   

  	
  -20.0

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (KVDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.5
  Grid Pulse Amp. Measure and record power supplies for grid pulse amp PCB.

  	
   

  	
  + 335 VDC PS

  15 VDC PS

  	
   

  	
  + 335

  15

  	
   

  	
  + 355

  15.5

  	
   

  	
  + 315

  14.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.6
  Measure and record Gun Grid low level PS2

  	
   

  	
  PS +12 VDC

  PS -12 VDC

  	
   

  	
  12.0

  -12.0

  	
   

  	
  + 12.2

  - 12.5

  	
   

  	
  +11.8

  -11.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.7
  With gun H.V. Off, record grid pulse waveform with digital scope or scope
  camera

  	
   

  	
  Grid Pulse

  Waveform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.8
  Gun H. V. Monitor: Measure Voltage at test points in Control Console, which
  monitors Gun High Voltage. (0 to 5V = 0 to 20 kV).

  	
   

  	
  Gun HV Monitor

  	
   

  	
  4.0

  	
   

  	
  5.0

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.9 Gun HV Accuracy =

  (7.7.8 result * 4) / Abs(7.7.4 result)

  	
   

  	
  Gun HV Accuracy

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1.1

  	
   

  	
  .9

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.10
  Gun Pulse Current: Connect oscilloscope to monitor Gun current at BNC jack in
  Control Console. Turn radiation ON and adjust PRF to obtain 434 R/min.
  Measure and record Gun Pulse Current.

  	
   

  	
  Gun Pulse Current

  	
   

  	
  400

  	
   

  	
  700

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  (mA)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.11
  Verify that Gun Current pulse amplitude is stable through full PRF range.

  	
   

  	
  Gun Current PRF Stability

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  +3

  	
   

  	
  -3

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.12
  Gun pulse current. Check functionality of the gun I feed back ckt. Measure
  how long it takes for GunI to stabilize at initial beam on. Adjust Initial
  Grid Setting as close as practical to normal operating Gun Current.

  	
   

  	
  Gun Current Pulse Stability

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Initial Grid Setting

  	
  0

  	
  10

  	
  -10

  	
  (%)

  
	
  7.7.13
  Record gun pulse current waveform with digital scope on scope camera.

  	
   

  	
  Gun I

  Waveform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.14
  Gun Current Pulse Width: Measure and record Gun pulse width. (Measure at 50%
  point)

  	
   

  	
  Gun Current Pulse Width

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  (msec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.15
  Grid Negative Bias: Measure and record Gun Grid negative bias (with high
  voltage to gun OFF).

  	
   

  	
  Grid Negative Bias Voltage

  	
   

  	
  -180

  	
   

  	
  - 200

  	
   

  	
  -160

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.16
  Measure TP5 Grid drive PCB (GND ref.)

  	
   

  	
  TP-5

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  11

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.17
  Measure R53 – CTR Grid drive PCB (GND ref.)

  	
   

  	
  R53 - CTR

  	
   

  	
  -0.5

  	
   

  	
  -7

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.18
  Measure U10-14 – CTR Grid drive PCB (GND ref.)

  	
   

  	
  U10:14

  	
   

  	
  -5

  	
   

  	
  -10

  	
   

  	
  -1

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.19
  Measure TP6 Grid drive PCB-RF off, gun HV on (GND Ref.) Gun I S/H

  	
   

  	
  TP-6

  	
   

  	
  -5

  	
   

  	
  -10

  	
   

  	
  -1

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

10

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.7.20
  Measure on GRID DRIVE AMP PCB. Gun HV ON and TP10 (P1:1) as ground reference.

  	
   

  	
  U15:6

  	
   

  	
  6.5

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.21
  Measure on GRID PULSE AMP PCB. Gun HV ON and P1:1 as ground reference

  	
   

  	
  P1:4

  R2:Ctr

  P1:18

  	
   

  	
  7

  7

  170

  	
   

  	
  14

  14

  300

  	
   

  	
  1

  1

  50

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  (VDC)

  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8
  Interlocks

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.1
  Door Interlock: With no interlocks active, open jumper between J20-N and
  J20-P on the Control Chassis. Verify that door interlock L.E.D. extinguishes,
  fault reset light illuminates and that radiation ON sequence cannot be
  initiated.

  	
   

  	
  Door Interlock Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.2
  Water Flow Interlock: With no interlocks active, turn power OFF to water
  chiller. Verify that water flow L.E. D. extinguishes, fault reset light
  illuminates and that radiation ON sequence cannot be initiated. Note: MAG FIL
  L.E.D. extinguishes also.

  	
   

  	
  Water Flow Interlock Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.3
  Magnetron Filament Interlock: With no interlocks active, reduce Magnetron
  Filament Voltage to 6.0 volts as observed on meter on Modulator Control
  Panel. Verify that Magnetron Filament L.E.D. extinguishes, fault reset light
  illuminates, and that radiation ON sequence cannot be initiated. Return
  Magnetron Filament Voltage to it’s normal value.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron Filament Interlock standby Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.4
  Turn off H. V. Circuit Breaker on Modulator. Perform radiation ON sequence.
  Reduce Magnetron Filament Voltage to 0 volts as observed on meter on
  Modulator. Verify that Magnetron Filament L.E.D. extinguishes, fault reset
  light illuminates and that H. V. contractor in the Modulator turns OFF.
  Return Magnetron filament to normal level.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron Filament Interlock H.V. ON Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.5
  Heater Delay Interlock: Turn system power OFF. Turn power back ON and observe
  time for heater delay interlock to clear

  	
   

  	
  Heater Delay Time

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  (min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.6
  Verify that Heater Delay Interlock is extinguished and that radiation ON
  sequence cannot be initiated during Heater Delay with all other Interlocks
  clear.

  	
   

  	
  Heater Delay Interlock Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.7
  Turn system power OFF, turn power back ON and verify that Heater Delay time
  can be by passed by depressing momentary switch SW2 on Control Logic PCB

  	
   

  	
  Heater Delay

  By-pass

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.8
  SF6 Gas Interlock: With no interlocks active, bleed SF6 gas pressure down to
  24 PSIG. Verify that SF6 gas L.E.D. extinguishes, FAULT RESET light
  illuminates and that radiation ON sequence cannot be initiated. Recharge
  system.

  	
   

  	
  SF6 Gas Interlock Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.9
  Vacuum Interlock: With no interlocks active, momentarily short VacIonÒ High Voltage
  in X-ray head. (Warning: This test should be performed by Qualified Personnel
  only.) Verify that VACUUM L.E.D. extinguishes, FAULT RESET light illuminates,
  and radiation ON sequence cannot be initiated.

  	
   

  	
  Vacuum Interlock Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.10
  Dose Power Supply Interlock: With no interlocks active, remove the two fuses
  from Dosimeter Power Supply Chassis. Verify that Dose P.S. L.E.D.
  extinguishes, FAULT RESET light illuminates, and radiation ON sequence cannot
  be initiated. Plug in A.C. power and clear fault.

  	
   

  	
  Dose P.S. Interlock Operation (A.C. power OFF)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.11
  Disconnect Ion Chamber Bias monitor cable at connector J5-D on X-ray Head.
  Verify that Dose P.S. L.E.D. extinguishes. Reconnect this connector and reset
  fault.

  	
   

  	
  Dose P.S. Interlock Operation

  (-300V Monitor)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

11

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.8.12
  PLC Interlock: Turn power key on control to off. Place system in remote
  control. Disconnect J32 from control chassis. Jumper J20-H to J20-J
  installed. Switch power on by connecting J32-3 to J32-22. System power comes
  on. Verify that PLC L.E. D. is off. Return system to LOCAL control. Reconnect
  J32 and depress Fault Reset. Verify that the PLC L.E.D illuminates.

  	
   

  	
  PLC Interlock Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.13
  High Voltage Over Current (HVOC) Interlock: Connect a Grounding Hook on PFN
  Coil. Attempt to turn Radiation ON. Note that HVOC fault occurs immediately.
  Verify that HVOC L.E.D extinguishes and FAULT RESET light illuminates. Remove
  Grounding Hook.

  	
   

  	
  HVOC Interlock Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.14
  Inverse Current Interlock: Connect a ground hook to H.V. Pulse output in
  Modulator. Attempt to turn Radiation ON. Note that INVERSE CURRENT fault
  occurs after soft start completes. Verify that INVERSE CURRENT L.E.D. is
  extinguished and fault reset light illuminates.

  	
   

  	
  INVERSE CURRENT

  Interlock Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.15
  Local Control Status: Place system in remote control. Jumper J20-H to J20-J
  installed. Switch power on by connecting J32-3 to J32-22. System power comes
  on. Verify that Local Control L.E.D. is extinguished. Return system to local
  control and depress reset. Verify that local control L.E.D illuminates.

  	
   

  	
  Local Control Status Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.16
  Gun HVPS Interlock: Turn radiation on – reduce gun H.V. with pot in control,
  while monitoring gun H.V. monitor test points in Control. Observe that gun
  HVPS interlock occurs when gun H.V. monitor is reduced to 85% to 90% of
  operating value of Voltage at these test points.

  	
   

  	
  Gun HVPS Interlock Operation

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  95

  	
   

  	
  85

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.17
  Emergency Stop, Control Chassis: With Radiation ON, depress EMERGENCY STOP on
  Control Chassis. Verify that the Radiation and High Voltage shuts OFF. Check
  that E-Stop L.E.D. extinguishes, FAULT RESET light illuminates and that
  Radiation ON sequence cannot be initiated.

  	
   

  	
  E-STOP Operation (Control)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.18
  Beam On Status: With Radiation OFF, verify that BEAM ON L.E.D is off.

  	
   

  	
  Beam On Status L.E.D Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.19
  Perform Radiation ON sequence and verify that RED X-ray ON push-button
  illuminates immediately

  	
   

  	
  X-ray ON

  Light

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.20
  Note the time it takes for BEAM ON L.E.D. to illuminate. Verify that
  radiation is OFF while the L.E.D. is off.

  	
   

  	
  BEAM ON DELAY

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  8

  	
   

  	
  sec.

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.21
  AFC-Manual Status: Verify that AFC-Manual L.E.D. extinguishes when switch on
  Control Chassis is set to MANUAL. In LOCAL MODE, check that AFC-Manual switch
  does not shut OFF radiation in either position.

  	
   

  	
  AFC-Manual Status Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.22
  Covers:

  With no interlocks active, open one of the cover interlock switches on
  the Modulator. Verify that the covers L.E.D extinguishes, Fault Reset light
  illuminates, and radiation ON sequence cannot be initiated. Repeat this test
  for the four modulator cover switches and for the seven RF System Cover
  Switches.

  	
   

  	
  Cover Interlock Status

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.23
  H.V. Breaker: With system in standby mode, switch off the H.V. circuit
  breaker CB3 on the Modulator. Verify that the H.V. Breaker L.E.D. is
  extinguished. Switch the H.V. circuit breaker back on and depress the Fault
  Reset push button. Verify that the H.V. Breaker L.E.D. illuminates.

  	
   

  	
  HV Breaker Status

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

12

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.8.24
  HV Enable: Select Remote Control with switch inside the Control Chassis.
  Disconnect J32 from back of Control Chassis. Jumper J20-H to J20-J installed.
  Switch power on by connecting J32-3 to J32-22. Verify that HV enable L.E.D is
  off. Remove jumper J32-3 to J32-22 and return system to local control. Switch
  power on and verify that HV enable L.E.D. is on.

  	
   

  	
  H.V. ENABLE

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.25
  External STOP: With Radiation ON, open jumper between J34-7 and J34-4 on the
  Control Chassis. Verify that radiation and high voltage shuts OFF. Check that
  EXT. EMERGENCY STOP L.E.D. is extinguished and that Radiation ON sequence
  cannot be initiated.

  	
   

  	
  EXT STOP Interlock Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.9
  X-Ray Beam Characteristics

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.9.1
  Energy Check Half Value Layer of Steel.  

   

  Filter
  Block not installed on end of Primary Collimator.  Place Ion Chamber “Peanut” at 1 meter from
  target. Turn on radiation and adjust for reading of 425 R/Min on dose rate
  meter of Control Chassis.

   

  Record
  dose rate measured on radiation monitor in cGy/min (should be approximately
  376 cGy/min)

   

  Place
  1 inch of steel in front of Ion chamber. Turn on radiation and check that
  Dose Rate Meter on Control Chassis reads 425 R/min. Record dose rate measured
  on radiation monitor.

   

  Repeat
  with 2-7 inches of steel in front of Ion Chamber.

   

  Calculate
  half value layer range from data.  

   

  Determine
  the average H.V.L. for 2 through 7 inches of steel.

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  376

  	
   

  	
  400

  	
   

  	
  350

  	
   

  	
  cGy/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  1 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  cGy/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  2 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  cGy/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  3 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  cGy/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  4 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  cGy/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  5 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  cGy/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  6 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  cGy/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  7 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  cGy/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Half Value Layer Avg.

  	
   

  	
  1.15

  	
   

  	
  1.17

  	
   

  	
  1.12

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.9.2
  Target Spot Size

  Using
  Lamiar Camera make a spot size film shot. Determine vertical and horizontal
  spot size from film shot.

  	
   

  	
  Vertical Spot size

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2.2

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (mm)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Horizontal Spot Size

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2.2

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (mm)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.9.3
  Steering Coil Current: Record Steering Coil Current readings on meter on
  Control Chassis.

  	
   

  	
  Coil 1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Coil 2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Coil 3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Coil 4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

13

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.9.4Water
  Temperature Regulation: Make  A 30-minute radiation run at 434 R/Min.
  Check Water temperature at gauge on heat exchanger at end of this run.

  	
   

  	
  Water Temp.

  Set Point

  	
   

  	
  20 C°

  	
   

  	
  35 C°

  	
   

  	
  15 C°

  	
   

  	
  (C°)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Temp. Drift

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  +2 C°

  	
   

  	
  -2 C°

  	
   

  	
  (C°)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.10
  Dose Rate Meter Calibration

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.10.1
  Dosimeter Electronics P.S.: Measure and record Dosimeter Electronics P.S.
  Voltages.  Measure —
  300VDC output of Dosimeter Bias supply. Measure +/- 15VDC to dose count PCB.

  	
   

  	
  -300VDC

  	
   

  	
  -300

  	
   

  	
  -325

  	
   

  	
  -275

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  +15VDC

  	
   

  	
  +15

  	
   

  	
  +15.5

  	
   

  	
  +14.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  -15VDC

  	
   

  	
  -15

  	
   

  	
  -15.5

  	
   

  	
  -14.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.10..2
  Dose Rate Meter Calibration. Set PRF to produce 425 R/Min. Filter Block NOT
  installed on end of Primary Collimator. Place Ion Chamber 100 cm from Target
  and centered in the radiation field. Use 6Mev build up cap on Ion Chamber.
  Set up radiation monitor to measure integrated dose. Turn Radiation ON and
  adjust PRF to obtain 425 R/Min on radiation monitor. Record dose rate meter
  reading on control chassis.

  	
   

  	
  Dose Meter Reading

  	
   

  	
  425

  	
   

  	
  432

  	
   

  	
  418

  	
   

  	
  (R/min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11
  PLC Checks

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.1
  PLC Digital inputs:

  Connect
  P.C. to the PLC serial port. Run test program & check that the
  status and interlock inputs to the PLC operate correctly.

   

  Alternate Method: Verify that the digital
  inputs from the linac system illuminate the correct LED on the PLC input
  modules. Refer to PLC schematic.

  	
   

  	
  PLC Digital Input Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.2
  PLC Analog Input: With P.C. connected to the PLC, run the test program. Check
  that the dose rate displayed on the P.C. varies proportionally as the dose
  rate is varied from 100 to 400 R/min.

   

  Alternate Method: Verify that dose rate
  analog input to the PLC varies from 2.0 to 8.0 VDC as the dose rate is varied
  from about 100 to 400 R/min

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  PLC Analog Input Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.3
  PLC Digital Output: With a PC connected to the PLC serial port, run the test
  program. Check that the PLC outputs to the Linac operate correctly.

   

  Alternate Method: Verify that the digital
  outputs to the Linac operate correctly by simulating each output.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  PLC Digital Outputs Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.4
  PLC ANALOG OUTPUT

  Connected
  to the PLC serial port, run the test program. Check that the pulse rate can
  be controlled by the PLC using the test program

  	
   

  	
  PLC Analog Output Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.5
  External Trigger Checks

  Verify
  that the system operates correctly with an external trigger connected to the
  system

   

  Slowly
  vary external trigger pulse rate from 40PPS to 200PPS.

  	
   

  	
  External Trigger Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.6
  Check that Pulse Rate to produce 434 R/min is approximately the same as pulse
  rate recorded in step 7.5.1.

  	
   

  	
  External Trigger PRF 434 R/min

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.7
  Check that Magnetron Heater Runback operates correctly when operating with
  external triggers

  	
   

  	
  Run Back

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

14

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  Initial/Date

  	
   

  
	
  8
  Attachments

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.1
  Thyratron Trigger Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.2
  Magnetron Current Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.3
  PFN Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.4
  HVPS I Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.5
  FWD PWR Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.6
  REF PWR Waveform Direct

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.7 REF PWR Waveform via MCC

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.8
  Magnetron Voltage Waveform @ 1uS

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.9
  Magnetron Voltage Waveform @ 5uS

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.10
  Grid Pulse Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.11
  Gun I Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.12
  Film

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.13
  CTL TEST DATA

  	
   

  	
  Attached:  ̈ YES  ̈ NO

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

15

 

9.  Serial Numbers

 

	
  Assembly

  	
   

  	
  Serial Number

  	
   

  	
  QA Verify

  	
   

  
	
  X-Ray
  Head

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Accelerator

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Electron
  Gun

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Vacuum
  Pump

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Target

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  RF
  Window

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Ion
  Chamber

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  RF
  Chassis

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Pulse
  Transformer

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Circulator

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Water
  Load

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Magnetron

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Gun
  Electronics Chassis

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Modulator

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Main
  Thyratron

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Dequing
  Thyratron

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Control
  Chassis

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PLC

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Chiller

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

16

 

10.  Final Inspection

 

	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Verify

  x

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  	
   

  	
  QA STAMP

  
	
  10.1 Control Chassis

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.1.1
  Visually verify control chassis
  motherboard has the following jumpers installed @ JP1, JP3, JP4, JP5, JP7,
  JP8, JP12, & JP15. No other jumpers to be installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.1.2
  Wiring routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.1.3
  Good electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.1.4
  Components, hardware - tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.2 PLC CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.2.1
  Wiring routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.2.2
  Good electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.2.3
  Components, hardware- tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.2.4
  Test Program Removed and System Program In Place

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3 MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.1
  Wiring routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.2
  Good electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.3
  Components, hardware - tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.4
  Ground hooks installed (qty 2)

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.5
  HV Labels installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.6
  Wiring routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.7
  Record HV Hours

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.8
  Record Filament Hours

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4 GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4.1
  Wiring routed neatly and secured.

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4.2
  Good electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc.

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4.3
  Components, hardware - tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4.4
  Ground hook installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4.5
  HV Labels installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

17

 

	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Verify

  x

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  	
   

  	
  QA STAMP

  
	
  10.5 RF System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.5.1
  Wiring routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.5.2
  Good electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.5.3
  Components, hardware - tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.5.4
  HV Labels installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.6
  X-ray Head

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Good
  electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc.

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Components,
  hardware - tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  No
  oil leaks

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HV
  Labels installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.7
  Water Chiller

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Inspection
  / Test data supplied by Neslab and attached to report

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.8
  CABLES AND HOSES

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Labeled
  - with number, connector destination

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Outer
  insulation jacket clean, undamaged

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

18

 

11 ACCEPTANCE

Discrepancies,
Explanations, Notes:

 

 

	
  Department

  	
   

  	
  Signature

  	
   

  	
  Date

  
	
  Engineering

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Quality Assurance

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

19

 

20           RADIATION SAFETY NOTICE/RADIATION
WARNING NOTICE

 

20.1        Safety Precautions for Use and 0peration of X-Ray Producing
Equipment

 

X-ray producing equipment
can be dangerous to both the operator and persons in the immediate vicinity
unless safety precautions are strictly observed.

 

Exposure to excessive
quantities of X-radiation may be injurious to health.  Therefore users should avoid exposing any
parts of their persons, not only to the direct beam, but also to secondary or
scattered radiation which occurs when a x-ray beam strikes or has passed
through any material.

 

Human beings have no
senses for x-rays.  Therefore
x-ray-measuring instruments, like low energy x-ray Geiger counters, must be
used to detect x-ray emission or leakage radiation.  No x-ray exposure to human beings is
permitted unless proper personnel monitoring devices are employed.

 

The electrical circuits,
although enclosed and interlocked for the protection of operators, must be
considered as a potential source of hazard calling for strict observance of
those portions of instructions pertaining to safety in operation and
maintenance.  Proper electrical grounding
must always be observed.

 

Consequently, adequate
precautions should be taken to make it impossible for unauthorized or
unqualified persons to operate this equipment or to expose themselves or others
to its radiation or electrical dangers.

 

Before utilizing the
equipment, all persons designated or authorized to operate it, or supervise its
operation, should have a full understanding of its nature and should also
become familiar with established safe exposure factors.

 

20.2        Operating Conditions

 

The maximum operating
voltages and currents, or ranges of voltages or currents are set at or
established by the factory and should not be altered except as provided for in
this Company’s instructions.  By
exceeding established limitations the effectiveness of the incorporated shielding
may be reduced to a point where the penetrating or emergent radiation may
exceed safe values.  If radiation
shielding shows chemical or mechanical damage, service personnel should be
notified immediately to prevent accidental radiation exposure.

 

20.3        Interlocks

 

Interlock switches should
be built into all access doors of rooms. 
These switches should under no circumstances be tampered with and should
be maintained in proper operating condition. 
In no case should they be defeated or wired out, since failure of
automatic high voltage protection will then result.

 

20.4        Maintenance

 

All parts of the
equipment, particularly interlock switches, should be carefully maintained for
proper operation.  Doors should close
sufficiently to prevent access before interlock switches close.  Tube operating voltage and current should be
checked whenever service personnel operate the equipment.

 

20.5        Servicing Precaution

 

Before making any
internal adjustments, the equipment shall be disconnected from the power supply
to insure that no X-Ray emission can occur. 
Care should be taken to assure that all high voltage condenser charges
are removed using an insulated grounding lead, before personal contact is
established.

 

20.6        Supervision

 

X-ray producing equipment
should be used only under the guidance and supervision of a responsible
qualified person. All equipment operators must be given adequate safety
instructions as specified by the governing state regulations.

 

20

 

20.7        Acknowledgment

 

In the event that this
apparatus is resold, a warning notice similar in form to this one must be given
to such purchaser.

 

	
  To:

  	
  Accuray Incorporated

  
	
   

  	
  1310 Chesapeake Terrace

  
	
   

  	
  Sunnyvale, CA 94089

  
	
   

  	
  TEL:(408) 716-4600,
  FAX: (408) 716-4601

  

 

The foregoing warning
notice has been read and the equipment designated will be installed in
accordance with your instructions.

 

	
  Type of Equipment:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Title:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Company:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Date:

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

For further information
or explanation, contact the Radiation Safety Officer at Accuray, Inc, (408)
716-4686.

 

21           REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT OF SOURCES OF RADIATION

 

Per California Code of
Regulations, Title 17, Subchapter 4, §30108, every person possessing a
reportable source of radiation must register with the State Department of
Health Services within 30 days of acquiring each such source.  Radiation machines, which require
registration included Radiographic and Fluoroscopic X-ray Units, X-ray Therapy
Units, Accelerators, Electron Microscopes, X-ray Diffraction Units, and similar
Radiation Producing Machines.

 

Following this Acceptance
Procedure is a list of personnel responsible for radiological health programs
in your state.

 

22           REPORT OF TRANSFER OF A RADIATION MACHINE

 

Every sale or transfer of
a radiation machine in California must be reported to the California Department
of Health, per California Code of Regulations, Title 17, Subchapter 4, § 30115
and § 30118.

 

Following this Acceptance
Procedure is form No. RH-3049 (10/90), which must be submitted to the
Department no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter for
each transaction occurring in the calendar quarter.  Complete this form and detach and it mail to
Radiological Health Branch, 714 P STREET, SACRAMENTO, CA 95814.  Retain a copy for inclusion in each copy of
the Acceptance Procedure.

 

21

 

 

 

WI TEST
X-RAY HEAD AS&E 6 MEV

EXTENDED GUIDE

 

 

WI 028519

 

 

REV A

 

 

Accuray Confidential

Copyright Ó 2010 Accuray Incorporated

 

APPROVAL

 

	
  DEPT. MANAGER:   J. RODRIGUEZ

  	
   

  	
  DATE:   3/18/08

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/
  Jesus Rodriguez

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

Accuray Confidential

 

Revision History

 

	
  Rev.

  	
   

  	
  ECO #

  	
   

  	
  Description of Change

  	
   

  	
  Revised By

  	
   

  	
  Date

  
	
  A

  	
   

  	
  4554

  	
   

  	
  Initial
  Release 

  	
   

  	
  D. Skowbo

  	
   

  	
  3/17/08

  

 

2

 

1.0          PURPOSE

 

This
purpose of this document is to define the procedure for processing and high power
testing of the AS&E 6 MeV X-ray Head. 
RF Processing is performed on the Guide to hold vacuum at nominal
operating parameters (Mag I, Duty Cycle, Gun I).

 

2.0          SCOPE

 

This procedure is performed prior to shipment on
AS&E 6 MeV Extended Guide X-ray Head assemblies which are not part of a
system.  This test is not required on
AS&E 6 MEV X-ray Head assemblies which are part of system.

 

3.0          RESPONSIBILITIES

 

Test
Engineering is responsible for the maintenance of this test document.

 

4.0          REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS

 

N/A

 

5.0          MATERIALS

 

3.1           House Linac
Subsystem

 

3.2           4 or 6 Foot
Flexible Waveguide

 

3.3           Steering Coil
Test Cable

 

3.4           Oscilloscope

 

3.5           DVM

 

3.6           Vacion Power
Supply

 

3.7           Electrometer
with 0.6 CC Ion Chamber and 6MeV buildup cap

 

3.8           Two 10 Foot
Coax Cable Assemblies

 

3.9           Two BNC to SMA
Adapters

 

3.10         Lead Bricks

 

6.0          DEFINITIONS

 

N/A

 

3

 

7.0          PROCEDURE

 

7.1           Record Serial
Numbers in MSS.  Record magnetron output
power shown in manufacturer’s data sheet if available.

 

7.2           Verify that the
6 MeV X-ray Head Assembly is complete.

 

7.3           Check that 0.070”
thickness of lead sheets has been installed between the target and the ion
chamber.

 

7.4           Verify
continuity on all steering coils and that there is no short circuit to the
accelerator body by checking for an open circuit from the housing or
accelerator body to the coil cables wires.

 

7.5           Place the 6 MeV
X-ray Head on the floor near the X-ray Head of the House Linac System (or other
Accuray system) inside the Test Cell.

 

7.6           Connect the
Steering Coil Test Cable to the quick connect terminal block on the test X-Ray
Head panel (or to the terminal block for steering coil power inside the X-ray
Head).  Connect other end to J1 on the 6
MeV X-ray Head.

(BLK 5, WHT 6, RED 7, GRN 8, YEL 9, BLUE 10, BRN 11, ORG 12)

 

7.7           Connect the RF
Input to the 6 MeV X-ray Head using the Flex Waveguide.

 

7.8           Connect Gun HV
Cable from the test system to the Gun Connector of the 6 MeV X-ray Head.

 

7.9           Connect the two
10 foot coax cables from the Crystal Detectors on the 6 MeV X-ray Head to J11 &
J12 on the AFC Electronics Box using the BNC to SMA Adapters on the J11 &
J12 end of the coax cables.

 

7.10         Connect
accelerator Vacion pump to the external Vacion pump power supply.  Set to 50μA range.

 

7.11         Connect the
water hoses to the 6 MeV X-ray Head.

 

7.12         Place lead
bricks around the target area of the 6 MeV X-ray Head.

 

7.13         Record
Modulator Beam Hours in the MSS.

 

7.14         Place the 0.6
CC Ion Chamber with Build Up Cap at 1 meter from the Target and centered in the
radiation field of the 6 MeV X-ray Head. 
Connect this Ion Chamber to the Electrometer (Radiation Monitor).

 

7.15         Slowly increase
gun filament variac to obtain 5.5 V on the gun filaments.  Start at 2V and increase in 0.5V Steps while
monitoring vacuum pump current.  Increase
after approx. 1 minute at each step if vacuum pump current is below 10uA.

 

Note:      Reduce gun filament voltage if
vacuum pump current exceeds 20uA.

 

4

 

7.16         Set steering
coil currents, gun current and gun HV to minimum.

 

7.17         Lower Gun
Filament to 3 V.

 

7.18         Setup
oscilloscope to monitor magnetron current and reflected power.

 

7.19         Adjust pulse
rate to minimum (less than 10 Hz), adjust magnetron current to minimum.  Adjust Varian Vacion power supply to 500μA
range and set trip point to 100μA.

 

7.20         Turn on High
Voltage while monitoring vacuum pump current. 
Adjust for magnetron current of 50-60A, verify magnetron pulse width
(3.5-4.2 usec). Verify Frequency is the same as that of accelerator.  Tune magnetron to obtain minimum reflected RF
Power.  Switch off
high voltage if vacuum pump current exceeds 100uA.

 

7.21         Slowly increase
magnetron current in 2-5A steps while monitoring vacuum current.  Turn magnetron tuner lock to lock (on each
side of resonance) several times after each increase.  Increase magnetron current after vacuum
current stabilizes below 20uA.  Continue
increasing until magnetron current is 88A. 
Switch off high voltage or reduce magnetron
current if vacuum pump current exceeds 100uA.

 

Note:      Survey the area for radiation
leakage.  If there is more than 5 mR/hr
at the door or at primary beam, add adequate lead shielding around the Target
area of the 6 MeV X-ray Head under test.

 

7.22         After magnetron
current is at 88 A, slowly increase the pulse rate (5-10Hz increments) while
monitoring vacuum current and keeping magnetron tuned to minimum reflected
power.  Increase the pulse rate with the
vacuum pump current stable below 20uA. 
After each increase, tune the magnetron to either side of
resonance.  Continue increasing PRF until
pulse rate reaches 200 Hz.  Switch off high voltage or reduce pulse rate if vacuum pump current
exceeds 100uA.

 

7.23         Continue RF
Processing at 88A, 200Hz until vacuum pump current is stable below 10uA.

 

7.24         Check that the
0.6 CC Ion Chamber with 6 MeV buildup cap is still centered within the X-ray
field and at 1 meter from the 6 MeV X-ray Head Target.

Note:  Flattening Filter is to be
removed for these tests.

 

7.25         Adjust gun
filament to approx 5.5V.

 

7.26         Adjust pulse
rate to 40 to 50 Hz.  Turn on High
Voltage and adjust magnetron current to 83A. 
Turn on gun grid & adjust for a Gun Current of 450 mA.  Peak system to obtain maximum dose rate
(adjust Gun HV, steering, Magnetron Tuner to obtain maximum dose rate)

 

Note:      Survey the area for radiation
leakage.  If there is more than 5 mR/hr
at the door or at primary beam, add adequate lead shielding around the Target
area of the 6 MeV X-ray Head under test.

 

5

 

7.27         AFC Operation —
adjust the Line Stretchers on the 6 MeV X-ray Head and the AFC ADJ Pot on the
Modulator to obtain greater than 1.5 divisions of “Pull” as observed on the Mag
Tuner Meter on the Control Chassis. 
Record the AFC operation results in the MSS.

 

7.28         Increase the
pulse rate with the vacuum pump current stable below 20uA.  After each increase, tune the magnetron to
either side of resonance.  Continue
increasing the PRF until pulse rate reaches 200 Hz.  Switch off high voltage or
reduce pulse rate if vacuum pump current exceeds 100uA.

 

Note:      Survey the area for radiation
leakage.  If there is more than 5 mR/hr
at the door or at primary beam, add adequate lead shielding around the Target
area of the 6 MeV X-ray Head under test.

 

7.29         Continue RF
Processing until vacuum pump current is stable below 5uA.  Record Vacuum current in MSS operating at 83
A and 200 PPS.

 

7.30         With magnetron
current at 83A and pulse rate set to 190 Hz 
run the 6 MeV X-ray Head for 2 hours while sweeping the frequency.  Turn Gun Grid OFF and ON until vacuum activity
dies down, this processes the grid.

 

7.31         With magnetron
current at 83A, gun current to 450mA re-peak (adjust gun HV and steering for
maximum dose rate).

 

7.32         Record Dose
Rates with Magnetron current set to 83 Amps at 150 Hz, 175 Hz and 200 Hz in the
MSS.

 

7.33         Record Dark
Current at 150 PPS.

 

7.34         Record steering
coil currents

 

7.35         Attach
magnetron current waveform of 83A.  Also
attach reflected Power and Gun Current to MSS (at MAG I = 83A) and record Gun HV
(at MAG I = 83 A).

 

7.36         Record Beam
Hours at the Completion of Testing.

 

7.37         If at the end
of test, all other tests have passed and if there is no smell of fumed SF6
(Sulphur), the 6 Mev X-ray Head has passed.

 

8              RECORDS

 

Results of this procedure will be documented on the
Manufacturing Status Sheet and will be maintained in the Manufacturing Traveler
Folder for the AS&E 6 MeV X-ray Head.

 

9              ATTACHMENTS

 

Manufacturing
Status Sheet.

 

6

 

	
  

  	
  MANUFACTURING STATUS SHEET

   

  6 MEV X-RAY HEAD

  	
   

  

 

	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  ACCELERATOR
  SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  ELECTRON
  GUN SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  TARGET
  SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  VACION
  PUMP SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  RF
  WINDOW SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  TEST
  MAGNETRON SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  TEST
  MAGNETRON OUTPUT POWER (from datasheet)

  	
   

  	
  1.2 (KW)

  	
   

  	
  (KW)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.13

  	
   

  	
  Beam
  Hrs prior to test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4

  	
   

  	
  Steering
  Coils Short Check

  	
   

  	
  NO SHORTS

  	
   

  	
  o PASS

  o FAIL

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron
  Current

  	
   

  	
  83 (A)

  	
   

  	
  83 (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Gun
  Current

  	
   

  	
  450 (mA)

  	
   

  	
  450 (mA)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.27

  	
   

  	
  AFC
  OPERATION

  	
   

  	
  Pull > 1.5 DIV

  	
   

  	
  o PASS

  o FAIL

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.29

  	
   

  	
  Vacuum
  Current @ 83A & 200 PPS

  	
   

  	
  < 5 uA

  	
   

  	
  (uA)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.32

  	
   

  	
  Dose
  Rate @ 150 Hz

  	
   

  	
  > 329 (cGy/min

  	
   

  	
  (cGy/min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.32

  	
   

  	
  Dose
  Rate @ 175 Hz

  	
   

  	
  > 384 (cGy/min)

  	
   

  	
  (cGy/min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.32

  	
   

  	
  Dose
  Rate @ 200 Hz

  	
   

  	
  > 422 (cGy/min)

  	
   

  	
  (cGy/min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.33

  	
   

  	
  Dark
  Current @ 150 PPS

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (mGy/min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.34

  	
   

  	
  Steering
  Coil #1

  	
   

  	
  MAX 1 (A)

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.34

  	
   

  	
  Steering
  Coil #2

  	
   

  	
  MAX 1 (A)

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.34

  	
   

  	
  Steering
  Coil #3

  	
   

  	
  MAX 1 (A)

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.34

  	
   

  	
  Steering
  Coil #4

  	
   

  	
  MAX 1 (A)

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.35

  	
   

  	
  Attach
  Magnetron Current Waveform of 83A

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o OK

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.35

  	
   

  	
  Attach
  Reflected Power Waveform @ 83A

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o OK

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.35

  	
   

  	
  Attach
  Gun Current Waveform @ 83A

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o OK

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.35

  	
   

  	
  Gun
  High Voltage

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (kV)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.35

  	
   

  	
  Beam
  Hrs at completion of test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.37

  	
   

  	
  SF6
  Breakdown Test (Smell)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o PASS

  o FAIL

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Serial
  Number Tag Installed

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o OK

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Overall
  Test Results

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o PASS

  o FAIL

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  NOTES,
  EXPLANATIONS, DISCREPANCIES

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

7

 

 

 

WI TEST
X-RAY HEAD AS&E 3.5 MEV

 

 

WI 027339

 

 

REV B

 

 

Accuray Confidential

Copyright Ó 2010 Accuray Incorporated

 

APPROVAL

 

	
  DEPT. MANAGER:   J. RODRIGUEZ

  	
   

  	
  DATE:   4/2/08

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/
  Jesus Rodriguez

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

Accuray Confidential

 

Revision History

 

	
  Rev.

  	
   

  	
  ECO #

  	
   

  	
  Description of Change

  	
   

  	
  Revised By

  	
   

  	
  Date

  
	
  A

  	
   

  	
  4165

  	
   

  	
  Initial
  Release 

  	
   

  	
  D. Skowbo

  	
   

  	
  8/10/07

  
	
  B

  	
   

  	
  4582

  	
   

  	
  Add
  serialization step and Ion Chamber check

  	
   

  	
  J Li & D. Skowbo

  	
   

  	
  4/1/08

  

 

2

 

1.0          PURPOSE

 

This
purpose of this document is to define the procedure for processing and high
power testing of the AS&E 3.5 MeV X-ray Head.  RF Processing is performed on the Guide to
hold vacuum at nominal operating parameters (Mag I, Duty Cycle, Gun I).

 

2.0          SCOPE

 

This procedure is performed prior to shipment on 3.5
MeV X-ray Head assemblies which are not part of a system.

 

3.0          RESPONSIBILITIES

 

Test
Engineering is responsible for the maintenance of this test document.

 

4.0          REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS

 

N/A

 

5.0          MATERIALS

 

5.1           House Linac Subsystem

 

5.2           4 or 6 Foot
Flexible Waveguide

 

5.3           Steering Coil
Test Cable

 

5.4           Oscilloscope

 

5.5           DVM

 

5.6           Vacion Power
Supply

 

5.7           Electrometer
with 0.6 CC Ion Chamber and 6MeV buildup cap

 

5.8           Two 10 Foot
Coax Cable Assemblies

 

5.9           Two BNC to SMA
Adapters

 

5.10         Lead Bricks

 

6.0          DEFINITIONS

 

N/A

 

3

 

7.0          PROCEDURE

 

7.1           Record Serial
Numbers in MSS.  Record magnetron output
power shown in manufacturer’s data sheet if available.

 

7.2           Verify that the
3.5 MeV X-ray Head Assembly is complete.

 

7.3           Check that 0.050”
thickness of lead sheets has been installed between the target and the ion
chamber.

 

7.4           Verify
continuity on all steering coils and that there is no short circuit to the
accelerator body by checking for an open circuit from the housing or
accelerator body to the coil cables wires.

 

7.5           Place the 3.5
MeV X-ray Head on the floor near the X-ray Head of the House Linac System
inside the Test Cell.

 

7.6           Connect the
Steering Coil Test Cable to the quick connect terminal block on the test X-Ray
Head panel & connect other end to J1 on the 3.5 MeV X-ray Head. 

(BLK 5, WHT 6, RED 7, GRN 8, YEL 9, BLUE 10, BRN 11, ORG 12)

 

7.7           Connect the RF
Input to the 3.5 MeV X-ray Head using the Flex Waveguide.

 

7.8           Connect Gun HV
Cable from the test system to the Gun Connector of the 3.5 MeV X-ray Head.

 

7.9           Connect the two
10 foot coax cables from the Crystal Detectors on the 3.5 MeV X-ray Head to J11 &
J12 on the AFC Electronics Box using the BNC to SMA Adapters on the J11 &
J12 end of the coax cables.

 

7.10         Connect
accelerator Vacion pump to the external Vacion pump power supply.  Set to 50μA range.

 

7.11         Connect the
water hoses to the 3.5 MeV X-ray Head.

 

7.12         Place lead
bricks around the target area of the 3.5 MeV X-ray Head.

 

7.13         Record
Modulator Beam Hours in the MSS.

 

7.14         Place the 0.6
CC Ion Chamber with Build Up Cap at 1 meter from the Target and centered in the
radiation field of the 3.5 MeV X-ray Head. 
Connect this Ion Chamber to the Electrometer (Radiation Monitor).

 

7.15         Slowly increase
gun filament variac to obtain 5.5 V on the gun filaments.  Start at 2V and increase in 0.5V Steps while
monitoring vacuum pump current.  Increase
after approx. 1 minute at each step if vacuum pump current is below 10uA.

 

Note:      Reduce
gun filament voltage if vacuum pump current exceeds 20uA.

 

7.16         Set steering
coil currents, gun current and gun HV to minimum.

 

4

 

7.17         Lower Gun
Filament to 3 V.

 

7.18         Setup
oscilloscope to monitor magnetron current and reflected power.

 

7.19         Adjust pulse
rate to minimum (less than 10 Hz), adjust magnetron current to minimum.  Adjust Varian Vacion power supply to 500μA
range and set trip point to 100μA.

 

7.20         Turn on High
Voltage while monitoring vacuum pump current. 
Adjust for magnetron current of 50-60A, verify magnetron pulse width
(3.5-4.2 usec). Verify Frequency is the same as that of accelerator.  Tune magnetron to obtain minimum reflected RF
Power.  Switch off
high voltage if vacuum pump current exceeds 100uA.

 

7.21         Slowly increase
magnetron current in 2-5A steps while monitoring vacuum current.  Turn magnetron tuner lock to lock (on each
side of resonance) several times after each increase.  Increase magnetron current after vacuum
current stabilizes below 20uA.  Continue
increasing until magnetron current is 82A. 
Switch off high voltage or reduce magnetron
current if vacuum pump current exceeds 100uA.

 

Note:      Survey the area for radiation
leakage.  If there is more than 5 mR/hr
at the door or at primary beam, add adequate lead shielding around the Target
area of the 3.5MeV X-ray Head under test.

 

7.22         After magnetron
current is at 82A, slowly increase the pulse rate (5-10Hz increments) while
monitoring vacuum current and keeping magnetron tuned to minimum reflected
power.  Increase the pulse rate with the
vacuum pump current stable below 20uA. 
After each increase, tune the magnetron to either side of resonance.  Continue increasing PRF until pulse rate
reaches 200 Hz.  Switch off
high voltage or reduce pulse rate if vacuum pump current exceeds 100uA.

 

7.23         Continue RF
Processing at 82A, 200Hz until vacuum pump current is stable below 10uA.

 

7.24         Check that the
0.6 CC Ion Chamber with 6MeV buildup cap is still centered within the X-ray
field and at 1 meter from the 3.5 MeV X-ray Head Target.

 

7.25         Adjust gun
filament to approx 5.5V.

 

7.26         Adjust pulse
rate to 40 to 50 Hz.  Turn on High
Voltage and adjust magnetron current to 80A. 
Turn on gun grid & adjust for a Gun Current of 450 mA.  Peak system to obtain maximum dose rate
(adjust Gun HV, steering, Magnetron Tuner to obtain maximum dose rate)

 

Note:      Survey the area for radiation
leakage.  If there is more than 5 mR/hr
at the door or at primary beam, add adequate lead shielding around the Target
area of the 3.5 MeV X-ray Head under test.

 

5

 

7.27         AFC Operation —
adjust the Line Stretchers on the 3.5 MeV X-ray Head and the AFC ADJ Pot on the
Modulator to obtain greater than 1.5 divisions of “Pull” as observed on the Mag
Tuner Meter on the Control Chassis. 
Record the AFC operation results in the MSS.

 

7.28         Increase the
pulse rate with the vacuum pump current stable below 20uA.  After each increase, tune the magnetron to
either side of resonance.  Continue
increasing the PRF until pulse rate reaches 200 Hz.  Switch off high voltage or
reduce pulse rate if vacuum pump current exceeds 100uA.

 

Note:      Survey the area for radiation
leakage.  If there is more than 5 mR/hr
at the door or at primary beam, add adequate lead shielding around the Target
area of the 3.5MeV X-ray Head under test.

 

7.29         Continue RF
Processing until vacuum pump current is stable below 5uA.  Record Vacuum current in MSS operating at 80
A and 200 PPS.

 

7.30         With magnetron
current at 80A and pulse rate set to 190 Hz 
run the 3.5 MeV X-ray Head for 2 hours while sweeping the
frequency.  Monitor and write the
temperature down at 30 minute intervals. 
Turn Gun Grid OFF and ON until vacuum activity dies down, this processes
the grid.

 

7.31         With magnetron current
at 80A, gun current to 450mA re-peak (adjust gun HV and steering for maximum
dose rate).

 

7.32         Record Dose
Rates with Magnetron current set to 80 Amps at 100 Hz, 150 Hz and 200 Hz in the
MSS.

 

7.33         Record Dark
Current at 150 PPS.

 

7.34         Check for ion
chamber operation by reading the MCC front panel dose meter while pulsing.  The meter should show some activity and don’t
worry if the meter is pegged at maximum dose; this is normal.  Swap dose channel A and B and repeat check.

 

7.35         Record steering
coil currents

 

7.36         Attach
magnetron current waveform of 80A.  Also
attach reflected Power and Gun Current to MSS at 80A and record Gun HV at 80 A.

 

7.37         Record Beam
Hours at the Completion of Testing.

 

7.38         If at the end
of test, all other tests have passed and if there is no smell of fumed SF6
(Sulphur), the 3.5 Mev X-ray Head has passed.

 

7.39         Apply serial
number label (p/n 005981) to X-Ray Head.

 

6

 

8              RECORDS

 

Results of this procedure will be documented on the
Manufacturing Status Sheet and will be maintained in the Linac Subsystem
History File.

 

9              ATTACHMENTS

 

Manufacturing Status Sheet.

 

7

 

	
  

  	
  MANUFACTURING STATUS SHEET

   

  3.5 MEV X-RAY HEAD

  	
   

  

 

	
  SECTION

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  SPECIFICATION

  	
   

  	
  RESULT

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  ACCELERATOR SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  ELECTRON GUN SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  TARGET SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  VACION PUMP SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  RF WINDOW SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  TEST MAGNETRON SN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
   

  	
  TEST MAGNETRON OUTPUT POWER (from datasheet)

  	
   

  	
  1.2 (KW)

  	
   

  	
  (KW)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.13

  	
   

  	
  Beam Hrs prior to test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4

  	
   

  	
  Steering Coils Short Check

  	
   

  	
  NO SHORTS

  	
   

  	
  o PASS

  o FAIL

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  n/a

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron Current

  	
   

  	
  80 (A)

  	
   

  	
  80 (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  n/a

  	
   

  	
  Gun Current

  	
   

  	
  450 (mA)

  	
   

  	
  450 (mA)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.27

  	
   

  	
  AFC OPERATION

  	
   

  	
  Pull > 1.5 DIV

  	
   

  	
  o PASS

  o FAIL

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.29

  	
   

  	
  Vacuum Current @ 80A & 200 PPS

  	
   

  	
  < 5 uA

  	
   

  	
  (uA)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.32

  	
   

  	
  Dose Rate @ 100 Hz

  	
   

  	
  > 50 (cGy/min

  	
   

  	
  (cGy/min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.32

  	
   

  	
  Dose Rate @ 150 Hz

  	
   

  	
  > 75 (cGy/min)

  	
   

  	
  (cGy/min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.32

  	
   

  	
  Dose Rate @ 200 Hz

  	
   

  	
  > 100 (cGy/min)

  	
   

  	
  (cGy/min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.33

  	
   

  	
  Dark Current @ 150 PPS

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (mGy/min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.34

  	
   

  	
  Ion Chamber Check

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o CH. A PASS

  o CH. B PASS

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.35

  	
   

  	
  Steering Coil #1

  	
   

  	
  MAX 1 (A)

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.35

  	
   

  	
  Steering Coil #2

  	
   

  	
  MAX 1 (A)

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.35

  	
   

  	
  Steering Coil #3

  	
   

  	
  MAX 1 (A)

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.35

  	
   

  	
  Steering Coil #4

  	
   

  	
  MAX 1 (A)

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.36

  	
   

  	
  Attach Magnetron Current Waveform of 80A

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o OK

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.36

  	
   

  	
  Attach Reflected Power Waveform @ 80A

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o OK

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.36

  	
   

  	
  Attach Gun Current Waveform @ 80A

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o OK

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.36

  	
   

  	
  Gun High Voltage

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (kV)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.37

  	
   

  	
  Beam Hrs at completion of test

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.38

  	
   

  	
  SF6 Breakdown Test (Smell)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o PASS

  o FAIL

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.39

  	
   

  	
  Serial Number Tag

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  o ATTACHED

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  NOTES, EXPLANATIONS, DISCREPANCIES

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

8

 

 

Industrial
3.5MeV Linear Accelerator Final System Test Procedure

 

System
Serial Number

 

 

WI 023745

 

Rev A

 

 

Accuray
Confidential

Copyright Ó 2010 Accuray Incorporated

 

APPROVAL

 

	
  DEPT.
  MANAGER: H.
  Pahulu 

  	
   

  	
  DATE:  03/22/06

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/ Herman Pahulu

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

Revision History

 

	
  Rev.

  	
   

  	
  ECO #

  	
   

  	
  Description of Change

  	
   

  	
  Revised By

  	
   

  	
  Date

  
	
  A

  	
   

  	
  2884

  	
   

  	
  Initial Release.
  Converted from AS&E QCT 01-8050-01

  	
   

  	
  H. Pahulu

  	
   

  	
  3/20/06

  

 

 

1.0                               PURPOSE/SCOPE

 

This
document defines the tests and measurements for Final Factory Test of the Industrial
Linear Accelerator X-ray System.

 

Additionally,
this document describes standard test procedures commonly used for purposes of
characterizing the Industrial Linear Accelerator X-ray System.

 

All
operating characteristics identified in the course of implementing these
procedures are recorded for the purpose of establishing baseline information on
the equipment, i.e. the actual operating conditions at the time of acceptance.

 

2.0                               RESPONSIBILITY

 

Test
Engineering is responsible for the maintenance of this test document

 

3.0                               ASSOCIATED
MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT

 

3.1       Reference Documents

 

The
latest revisions of the following documents shall apply.

 

·                  Equipment specifications for High Energy
Industrial Linear Accelerator.

 

·                  Workmanship Requirements for electronic
systems.

 

3.2       Data

 

All
data shall be recorded on reproducible copies of the test data sheets.  A clear copy of all acceptance test data
shall be supplied with each system. The original is to be filed in the Device
History Record.

 

3.3       Test Conditions

 

3.3.1 Input Power customer specific.

 

3.3.2 Ambient Temperature 40 to 90°F

 

3.4       Test Equipment

 

All
instrumentation used shall be in calibration and of sufficient accuracy to
perform the required measurements. Test equipment/ aids/ fixtures used during
the performance of tests are recorded in section 6 of test procedure.

 

4.0                               TEST
EQUIPMENT LIST

 

The
following is a list of recommended test equipment to be used for performance of
these tests.  If the recommended
instrument is not available, a suitable alternate of similar range and accuracy
may be used.

 

A              Oscilloscope
Tektronics TDS 220 OR TDS720A

 

B                Digital V.O.M. Fluke Model
79

 

3

 

C                Water Flow Gauge.

 

D               High Voltage Probe
(Oscilloscope) Tektronics P6015

 

E                 H.V. Probe, D.C.

 

F                 Electometer “Unidos
E”, 0.6cc “peanut” with 4Mev build-up cap.

 

G                Steel Plates
(Half value layer checks).

 

H               Laminar Camera, Mylar .007,
steel .014

 

5.0                               PROCEDURE

 

5.1                               System Test

 

Section 7
of this document provides a step-by-step procedure for complete final factory
test of the 3.5 MeV Industrial Linear Accelerator X-ray System.  It is assumed that complete system checks
out, debug and calibration has been accomplished prior to the start of this
test.

 

Although
the test steps have been placed in logical sequence, it is not a requirement of
this test to perform the test steps in that order.

 

All
data must be entered in ink.  No erasures
or “white-outs” are allowed. No writeovers are to be used when correcting
errors. Entries may be lined out, initialed, and new data entered with
appropriate explanation on the same page.

 

5.2                               Option List

 

The
options included with each deliverable system shall be noted in the space
provided in the Data Record. If no options provided write “NONE”.

 

5.3                               Acceptance

 

Upon
completion of this data package, the appropriate staff should review the
results for accuracy, completeness and compliance with specifications. (see page 21)
The appropriate signatures and dates in Part 9.0 will indicate acceptance.

 

5.4                               Disposition

 

Original — Device History Record

 

1 Copy  - with Tested Unit

 

4

 

6                                         Test
Equipment Calibration

 

	
  Test
  Equipment

  	
   

  	
  Information

  	
   

  	
  Calibration Expiration

  
	
  Oscilloscope

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  Model:

  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Digital Multimeter

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  Model:

  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  High Voltage
  Oscilloscope Probe

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  Model:

  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  High Voltage
  Probe

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  Model:

  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Electrometer

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  Model:

  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  0.6 cc Ion
  Chamber with 4MeV Buildup Cap

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  Model:

  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Water Flow Gauge

  	
   

  	
  Mfg:

  Model:

  SN:

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

5

 

	
  TEST
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.1
  SF6 Gas System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1.1
  System Pressure regulator: Open value on SF6 tank, set regulator valve to
  maintain required system pressure, close valve on SF6 tank.

  	
   

  	
  System
  Gas Pressure

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  	
  28

  	
   

  	
  psig

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1.2
  System Leak Rate: Observe SF6 gas system pressure over a 48-hour period.
  Record leak rate.

  	
   

  	
  SF6
  Gas leak rate

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  0.2

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  psig/day

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.2
  Water System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.2.1
  Leak Check: Check water chiller, x-ray head RF system, interconnects hoses
  and fittings for water leaks.

  	
   

  	
  Water
  Leaks

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.2.2
  Flow Rate: Measure water flow rate.

  	
   

  	
  Flow
  Rate

  	
   

  	
  1.0

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  .75

  	
   

  	
  gpm

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.2.3
  Water chiller power, OFF Delay: Switch power off at control and observe time
  elapsed before water chiller switches off.

  	
   

  	
  Chiller
  Power

  Off Delay

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3
  System Power

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.1
  Measure and record 3 phase input power.

  	
   

  	
  o 380 System

  	
   

  	
  380

  	
   

  	
  400

  	
   

  	
  360

  	
   

  	
  VAB

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  o 480 System 

  	
   

  	
  480

  	
   

  	
  504

  	
   

  	
  456

  	
   

  	
  VAC

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  VBC

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.2
  Main Thyratron Filament Voltage: Measure and record main Thyratron filament
  voltage.

  	
   

  	
  Main Thyratron Filament Voltage

  	
   

  	
  6.3

  	
   

  	
  6.8

  	
   

  	
  5.8

  	
   

  	
   

  Vac

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.3
  Main Thyratron Grid Bias Voltages: Measure and record Thyratron grid bias at
  the tube socket. Caution: Modulator Triggers should be turned off. 

  	
   

  	
  Grid 1 no load

  	
   

  	
  125

  	
   

  	
  150

  	
   

  	
  75

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Grid 1 Loaded

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Grid 2

  	
   

  	
  -70

  	
   

  	
  -120

  	
   

  	
  -50

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.4
  With H.V. Off record thyratron trigger waveform with digital scope or with
  scope camera, label & attach copy of waveform to this report.

  	
   

  	
  Waveform

  Copy attached

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.5
  Dequing Thyratron Filament Voltage and Grid Trigger Power Supply Voltage:
  Measure and record dequing filament voltage at tube socket.

  	
   

  	
  Dequing Thyratron Filament Voltage

  	
   

  	
  6.3

  	
   

  	
  6.8

  	
   

  	
  5.8

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.6
  Measure and record Dequing grid trigger power supply voltage on dequing
  trigger chassis

  	
   

  	
  Dequing Grid Trigger Power Supply

  	
   

  	
  300

  	
   

  	
  350

  	
   

  	
  250

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.7
  VacIonÒ Power Supply
  Voltage: Measure and record high voltage out of VacIonÒ P.S.

  	
   

  	
  VacIon P.S. High Voltage

  	
   

  	
  4.5

  	
   

  	
  5.5

  	
   

  	
  3.5

  	
   

  	
  (KVDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.8
  Measure and record - 15 VDC to VacIon chassis in Modulator

  	
   

  	
  VacIon P. S.

  - 15 VDC

  	
   

  	
  - 15.0

  	
   

  	
  - 15.5

  	
   

  	
  - 14.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.9
  Verify 0.1 Hour elapsed time on Filament Hour Meter for 6 minutes (5 min for
  50 Hz) of power ON time. 

  	
   

  	
  Filament Hour Meter 

  	
   

  	
  6’

  	
   

  	
  6’36’’

  	
   

  	
  5’24’’

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  5’

  	
   

  	
  5’36”

  	
   

  	
  4”24”

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.3.10
  Verify 0.1 Hour elapsed time on Beam Hour Meter for 6 minutes (5 min for 50
  Hz) of High Voltage ON time. 

  	
   

  	
  H.V. Hour Meter 

  	
   

  	
  6’

  	
   

  	
  6’36’’

  	
   

  	
  5’24’’

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5’

  	
   

  	
  5’36”

  	
   

  	
  4”24”

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

6

 

	
  TEST
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.4
  MAGNETRON HTR OPERATION

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.1
  Magnetron Heater — Initial Voltage (Magnetron Filament Soft Start): Turn
  power on. Record Magnetron filament voltage for first 15 seconds after power
  on, as observed on modulator meter.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron

  Heater

  Voltage

  Initial

  	
   

  	
  4.5

  	
   

  	
  6.5

  	
   

  	
  3.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.2
  Magnetron Heater — Pre-Warm Voltage and Current: Measure the magnetron
  filament voltage after system power has been on for more than 10 minutes. System
  in local control. HV Breaker off. Initiate X-Ray on sequence. Measure voltage
  during 30 sec. pre-warm.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron

  Heater

  Voltage

  	
   

  	
  -9.5

  	
   

  	
  -11

  	
   

  	
  -8

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.3Determine
  magnetron heater current by measuring voltage across R2 in magnetron heater
  power supply. Measure during pre-warm.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron

  Heater Current

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.4
  Magnetron Heater Standby:  Select Remote Control with switch inside the control chassis. J32
  disconnected from the back of the control chassis. Jumper J20-H to J20-J installed.
  Switch power on by connecting J32-3 to J32-22. (Disconnect J32-3 to J32-22and
  return system to LOCAL control after this test.)

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron

  Heater Standby

  Voltage

  	
   

  	
  -8

  	
   

  	
  -9

  	
   

  	
  -6.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.5
  Magnetron Heater Power Supply PS1: Measure and record voltages out of power
  supply PS1 in Magnetron Heater Power Supply Box.

  	
   

  	
  PS1 + 15 

  	
   

  	
  + 15.0

  	
   

  	
  +15.5

  	
   

  	
  +14.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PS1 – 15 

  	
   

  	
  - 15.0

  	
   

  	
  -15.5

  	
   

  	
  - 14.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.6
  Magnetron Heater - Meter Calibration: Set switch on modulator to Magnetron
  heater and read voltage at meter on modulator during 30 sec. magnetron
  filament pre-warm. Compare with actual magnetron heater voltage measured in
  7.4.2.

  	
   

  	
   

  Meter Accuray

  	
   

  	
   

  0

  	
   

  	
   

  + 0.2

  	
   

  	
   

  - 0.2

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.7
  Magnetron Heater - Run Voltage: Magnetron heater voltage steps down correctly
  as P.R.F. is increased. Measure and record the pulse rate at which steps
  occur and the magnetron heater voltage at these steps. (Voltage observed on
  meter on modulator).

  	
   

  	
  Step 1 PRF

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Mag Htr Mtr

  	
   

  	
  7.0

  	
   

  	
  8.5

  	
   

  	
  5.5

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Step 2 PRF

  	
   

  	
  130

  	
   

  	
  155

  	
   

  	
  105

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Mag Htr Mtr

  	
   

  	
  5.0

  	
   

  	
  6.5

  	
   

  	
  3.5

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Step 3 PRF

  	
   

  	
  155

  	
   

  	
  125

  	
   

  	
  175

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Mag Htr Mtr

  	
   

  	
  3.6

  	
   

  	
  5.0

  	
   

  	
  2.2

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Step 4 PRF

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  220

  	
   

  	
  140

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Mag Htr Mtr

  	
   

  	
  3.0

  	
   

  	
  4.5

  	
   

  	
  1.5

  	
   

  	
  (VAC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.4.8
  Mag Htr Run Back Operation

  	
   

  	
  Run Back

  	
   

  	
  OK

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
   ̈Yes ̈No

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

7

 

	
  TEST
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.5
  Modulator Characteristics

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.1
  PRF at rated Output:  Place a radiation
  ion chamber at a distance of 100 cm from the target and centered in the
  radiation field.  Use 4MeV build up cap
  on the ion chamber.  Set PRF to produce
  100R/min (88cGy/Min) at 100 cm.  Record
  pulse rate.

  	
   

  	
  PRF at 100

  R/min

  	
   

  	
  180

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.2
  Magnetron Pulse Current:  Connect
  oscilloscope to Magnetron current pulse jack at control console.  Turn radiation on and adjust PRF to obtain
  100 R/Min out at 100 cm.  Measure and
  record Magnetron Pulse Current.  (1V =
  10 A)

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron Pulse

  Current

  	
   

  	
  75.0

  	
   

  	
  84.0

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.3
  While closely observing Magnetron pulse current amplitude, adjust pulse rate
  from maximum to minimum.  Verify that
  Magnetron current varies Less than 0.5A through entire PRF range.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron Pulse

  Current stability

  	
   

  	
  <0.5

  	
   

  	
  0.5

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.4
  Record magnetron pulse current waveform and attach copy of waveform to this
  report.

  	
   

  	
  Capture Mag I

  Waveform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.5
  Magnetron Current Pulse Width:  Measure
  and record Magnetron Current Pulse Width at 50% and 90% amplitude  

  	
   

  	
  @ 50% 

  	
   

  	
  4.0

  	
   

  	
  4.2

  	
   

  	
  3.8

  	
   

  	
  (msec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  @ 90% 

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (msec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.6
  Percentage Dequing: Determine the % Dequing with unit running at 100 R/Min.
  Measure HVPS voltage and PFN voltage. 
  Calculate % Dequing.

  	
   

  	
  % Dequing

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2 

  	
  VHPS –
  VPFN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
                VPFN

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.7
  With H.V. scope probe, record the PFN waveform with digital scope or scope
  camera, label & attach copy of waveform to this report.

  	
   

  	
  Capture PFN

  Waveform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.8
  High Voltage Soft Start:  With PRF set
  to 150 PPS turn high voltage ON. 
  Measure and record Magnetron current during Soft Start

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron

  Current during

  Soft Start

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  55

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.9
  Measure and record HVPS soft start duration 

  	
   

  	
  Soft Start

  duration

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.10
  Measure and record Magnetron Current ramp up duration.  Duration time starts after audible pre-warn
  shuts off.

  	
   

  	
  MAG I ramp up

  duration

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.11
  Modulator H. V. P. S. Output Voltage: 
  Connect a H. V. Scope probe to the output of H. V. P. S. in
  Modulator.  Turn radiation ON and
  adjust PRF to obtain 100 R/min. 
  Measure and record H. V. P. S. Output Voltage.

  	
   

  	
  H. V. P. S.

  Output Voltage

  	
   

  	
   

   

  10.5

  	
   

  	
   

   

  12.5

  	
   

  	
   

   

  10.0

  	
   

  	
   

   

  (KVDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.12
  Modulator H. V. P. S.  Voltage Meter
  Calibration: Turn radiation ON and adjust PRF to obtain 100 R/min.  Read Modulator Voltage meter on
  Modulator.  Compare the actual
  Modulator H. V. P. S. Voltage measured in 7.5.11.  

  	
   

  	
  Modulator H. V. P. S. Voltage Meter Reading
  Calibration

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  +
  0.5

  	
   

  	
  -
  0.5

  	
   

  	
   

   

   

  (KVDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.13
  Modulator H. V. P. S. Current:  Turn
  radiation ON and adjust PRF to obtain 100 R/Min.  Record HVPS Current at meter on Modulator

  	
   

  	
  Modulator

  H. V. P. S.

  Current Meter

  Reading

  	
   

  	
  200 mA

  	
   

  	
  500
  mA

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (mA)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.14
  Record the charging current waveform at J3 on modulator, with digital scope
  or scope camera.  

  	
   

  	
  Capture Charge I

  Waveform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.15
  Pulse Rate Frequency Limits:  Turn
  radiation ON and set PRF to maximum. 
  Measure and record PRF.  Adjust
  PRF to minimum.  Measure and record
  PRF.  

  	
   

  	
  PRF Max. 

  	
   

  	
  190

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  PRF MIN 

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  (Hz)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.16
  Vacuum Current:  Turn ON radiation and
  set PRF to produce 100 R/Min.  Record
  vacuum current displayed at meter on Modulator. 

  	
   

  	
  Vacuum Current

  	
   

  	
  10.0

  	
   

  	
  25.0

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
   

  (mA)

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

8

 

Accuray Confidential

 

	
  TEST
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.5.17
  Core Bias Current: Determine Core Bias Current by measuring voltage across
  R77 on Core Bias P. S. chassis in Modulator.

  	
   

  	
  Core Bias

  Current

  	
   

  	
  2.8

  	
   

  	
  3.5

  	
   

  	
  2.0

  	
   

  	
  VDC

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.19
  Capture Forward RF waveform

  	
   

  	
  Fwd Pwr

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.20
  Capture Reflected RF waveform

  	
   

  	
  Ref Pwr

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.21
  Capture Magnetron H.V. waveform

  	
   

  	
  Mag HV @ 1us

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.5.22
  Capture Magnetron H.V. Backswing

  	
   

  	
  Mag HV @ 5us

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6
  AFC System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.1
  AFC Electronics Power Supplies: Measure and record PS1 and Stepper Motor P.
  S. Voltages.  

  	
   

  	
  PS1 + 12 

  	
   

  	
  + 12.0

  	
   

  	
  + 12.3

  	
   

  	
  +11.7

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PS1 -12 

  	
   

  	
  -12

  	
   

  	
  -12.5

  	
   

  	
  -11.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Stpr +11 

  	
   

  	
  + 11

  	
   

  	
  +14

  	
   

  	
  +9.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.2
  Magnetron Tuner: (2 people required). Operate Magnetron tuner through several
  complete cycles from stop to stop. Note that operation is smooth and free of
  slipping and binding.

  	
   

  	
   

  Mechanical

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   7.6.3 Monitor Magnetron
  tuner position meter at control while running tuner from stop to stop. 

  	
   

  	
  Meter Low

  	
   

  	
  0.0

  	
   

  	
  0.04

  	
   

  	
  0.0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Meter High

  	
   

  	
  1.0

  	
   

  	
  1.0

  	
   

  	
  0.96

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.4
  Check number of revolutions of tuner from stop to stop.

  	
   

  	
  Tuner Mech.

  Stops

  	
   

  	
  2.5

  	
   

  	
  2.88

  	
   

  	
  2.0

  	
   

  	
  (Rev)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.5
  Monitor the time it takes for magnetron tuner meter to move full scale.

  	
   

  	
  Mag tuner

  speed

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
  26

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  	
  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.6
  Magnetron Tuner Initial Position: With H.V. OFF and AFC selected at Control
  Console, read and record Magnetron tuner initial position on meter at Control
  Console.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron

  Tuner Initial

  Position

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  0.95

  	
   

  	
  0.05

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.7
  With AFC still selected, operate manual tune switch above and below initial
  position, note that tuner returns to initial position on meter.

  	
   

  	
  Initial Position

  Stability

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  + 0.02

  	
   

  	
  - 0.02

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.8
  AFC Operation at max Rep Rate on Control Chassis. HV Beam OFF for more than 5
  minutes. Turn HV ON with PRF set to maximum. Note that AFC is locked on peak
  dose rate output after 1 minute. Verify by operating tuner manually above and
  below frequency locked on in AFC.

  	
   

  	
  AFC Lock @

  max PRF

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.9
  With HV still ON, check that AFC locks back on frequency when tuner is
  manually tuned 0.1 divisions above and below AFC tune point on meter.

  	
   

  	
  AFC Range

  @ max PRF

  	
   

  	
  +/- .1 Division

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.10
  Verify that AFC loop settles within 2 seconds as viewed on mag tuner meter.

  	
   

  	
  AFC settle

  time @ max

  PRF

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.11
  Repeat 7.6.8 with PRF set to minimum.

  	
   

  	
  AFC Lock @

  min. PRF

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.12
  Repeat 7.6.9 with PRF set to minimum

  	
   

  	
  AFC Range

  @ min PRF

  	
   

  	
  +/- .1 Division

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.13
  Verify that AFC loop settles within 2 seconds as viewed on mag tuner meter.

  	
   

  	
  AFC settle

  time @ min

  PRF

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.6.14
  Measure and record the following D.C. voltage levels on phase control P.C.B.
  in AFC box REF. To pin 11 on P.C.B. AFC/Man switch to man.

  	
   

  	
  U2:5

  	
   

  	
  6.0  

  	
   

  	
  7.0

  	
   

  	
  5.0

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  U2:6

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
   

  
	
   

  	
  U2:10

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
   

  
	
   

  	
  U2:7

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  
	
   

  

 

 

	
  TEST
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.7 Gun Control System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.1
  Accelerator Gun Heater Voltage Power Off Mode:  With system power off and modulator circuit
  breakers on, measure and record accelerator gun heater voltage. 

  	
   

  	
   

  Gun Heater

  Voltage

  	
   

  	
  -4.0

  	
   

  	
  -5.0

  	
   

  	
  -3.2

  	
   

  	
   

   

  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.2
  Accelerator Gun Heater Voltage:  With
  system power on, measure and record accelerator gun heater voltage. 

  	
   

  	
   

  Gun Heater

  Voltage

  	
   

  	
  -6.0

  	
   

  	
  -6.6

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
   

  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.3
  Accelerator Gun Heater Meter Calibration: 
  Set switch on modulator to gun heater and read voltage at meter on
  modulator.  Compare with actual X-ray
  head heater voltage measured in 7.7.2

  	
   

  	
  Meter

  Reading

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  + 0.2

  	
   

  	
  -0.2

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.4
  Gun High Voltage:  Set up High Voltage
  Scope Probe to measure Gun H. V. at P. S. in Arm Module.  Turn Gun H. V. ON by performing radiation
  ON sequence.

  	
   

  	
  Gun H. V.

  	
   

  	
  -15.0

  	
   

  	
  -20.0

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (KVDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.5
  Grid Pulse Amp.  Measure and record
  power supplies for grid pulse amp PCB.  

  	
   

  	
  + 335 VDC PS 

  	
   

  	
  + 335

  	
   

  	
  + 355

  	
   

  	
  + 315

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  15 VDC PS 

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  15.5

  	
   

  	
  14.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.6
  Measure and record Gun Grid low level PS2 

  	
   

  	
  PS +12 VDC 

  	
   

  	
  12.0

  	
   

  	
  + 12.2

  	
   

  	
  +11.8

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  PS -12 VDC 

  	
   

  	
  -12.0

  	
   

  	
  - 12.5

  	
   

  	
  -11.5

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.7
  With gun H.V. Off, record grid pulse waveform with digital scope or scope
  camera

  	
   

  	
  Grid Pulse

  Waveform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.8
  Gun H. V. Monitor:  Measure Voltage at
  test points in Control Console, which monitors Gun High Voltage.  (0 to 5V = 0 to 20 kV). 

  	
   

  	
  Gun HV

  Monitor

  	
   

  	
  4.0

  	
   

  	
  5.0

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.9 Gun HV Accuracy =

                                    (7.7.8 result * 4) /
  Abs(7.7.4 result)

  	
   

  	
  Gun HV

  Accuracy

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1.1

  	
   

  	
  .9

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.10
  Gun Pulse Current:  Connect
  oscilloscope to monitor Gun current at BNC jack in Control Console.  Turn radiation ON and adjust PRF to obtain
  100 R/min.  Measure and record Gun
  Pulse Current.  

  	
   

  	
  Gun Pulse

  Current

  	
   

  	
  400

  	
   

  	
  700

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  (mA)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.11
  Verify that Gun Current pulse amplitude is stable through full PRF range.

  	
   

  	
  Gun Current

  PRF Stability

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  +3

  	
   

  	
  -3

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.12
  Gun pulse current. Check functionality of the gun I feed back ckt.  Measure how long it takes for GunI to
  stabilize at initial beam on.  Adjust
  Initial Grid Setting as close to normal operating Gun Current. 

  	
   

  	
  Gun Current

  Pulse Stability 

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
   

  (sec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Initial Grid Setting 

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  -10

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.13
  Record gun pulse current waveform with digital scope on scope camera. 

  	
   

  	
  Gun I

  Waveform

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.14
  Gun Current Pulse Width: Measure and record Gun pulse width. (Measure at 50%
  point)

  	
   

  	
  Gun Current

  Pulse Width

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  (msec)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.15
  Grid Negative Bias: Measure and record Gun Grid negative bias (with high
  voltage to gun OFF). 

  	
   

  	
  Grid Negative

  Bias Voltage 

  	
   

  	
  -180

  	
   

  	
  - 200

  	
   

  	
  -160

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.16
  Measure TP5 Grid drive PCB (GND ref.) 

  	
   

  	
  TP-5

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  11

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.17
  Measure R53 — CTR Grid drive PCB (GND ref.) 

  	
   

  	
  R53 - CTR

  	
   

  	
  -0.5

  	
   

  	
  -7

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.18
  Measure U10-14 — CTR Grid drive PCB (GND ref.) 

  	
   

  	
  U10:14

  	
   

  	
  -5

  	
   

  	
  -10

  	
   

  	
  -1

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.19
  Measure TP6 Grid drive PCB-RF off, gun HV on (GND Ref.) Gun I S/H 

  	
   

  	
  TP-6

  	
   

  	
  -5

  	
   

  	
  -10

  	
   

  	
  -1

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

	
  TEST
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.7.20
  Measure on GRID DRIVE AMP PCB.  Gun HV
  ON and TP10 (P1:1) as ground reference. 

  	
   

  	
  U15:6

  	
   

  	
  6.5

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.7.21
  Measure on GRID PULSE AMP PCB.  Gun HV
  ON and P1:1 as ground reference 

  	
   

  	
  P1:4 

  	
   

  	
  7

  	
   

  	
  14

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  R2:Ctr 

  	
   

  	
  7

  	
   

  	
  14

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  P1:18 

  	
   

  	
  170

  	
   

  	
  300

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8 Interlocks

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.1
  Door Interlock:  With no interlocks
  active, open jumper between J20-N and J20-P on the Control Chassis.  Verify that door interlock L.E.D.
  extinguishes, fault reset light illuminates and that radiation ON sequence
  cannot be initiated. 

  	
   

  	
   

   

  Door Interlock

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.2
  Water Flow Interlock:  With no
  interlocks active, turn power OFF to water chiller.  Verify that water flow L.E. D.
  extinguishes, fault reset light illuminates and that radiation ON sequence
  cannot be initiated.

  	
   

  	
  Water Flow

  Interlock

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.3
  Magnetron Filament Interlock: With no interlocks active, reduce Magnetron
  Filament Voltage to 6.0 volts as observed on meter on Modulator Control
  Panel. Verify that Magnetron Filament L.E.D. extinguishes, fault reset light
  illuminates, and that radiation ON sequence cannot be initiated. Return Magnetron
  Filament Voltage to it’s normal value.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron

  Filament

  Interlock

  standby

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.4
  Turn off H. V. Circuit Breaker on Modulator. 
  Perform radiation ON sequence. 
  Reduce Magnetron Filament Voltage to 0 volts as observed on meter on
  Modulator.  Verify that Magnetron
  Filament L.E.D. extinguishes, fault reset light illuminates and that H. V.
  contractor in the Modulator turns OFF. 
  Return Magnetron filament to normal level.

  	
   

  	
  Magnetron

  Filament

  Interlock H.V.

  ON Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.5
  Heater Delay Interlock:  Turn system
  power OFF.  Turn power back ON and
  observe time for heater delay interlock to clear

  	
   

  	
  Heater Delay

  Time

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
   

  (min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.6
  Verify that Heater Delay Interlock is extinguished and that radiation ON
  sequence cannot be initiated during Heater Delay with all other Interlocks
  clear.

  	
   

  	
  Heater Delay

  Interlock

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.7
  Turn system power OFF, turn power back ON and verify that Heater Delay time
  can be by passed by depressing momentary switch SW2 on Control Logic PCB

  	
   

  	
  Heater Delay

  By-pass

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.8
  SF6 Gas Interlock:  With no interlocks
  active, bleed SF6 gas pressure down to 24 PSIG.  Verify that SF6 gas L.E.D. extinguishes,
  FAULT RESET light illuminates and that radiation ON sequence cannot be initiated.  Recharge system.

  	
   

  	
  SF6 Gas

  Interlock

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.9
  Vacuum Interlock:  With no interlocks
  active, momentarily short VacIonÒ High Voltage in X-ray
  head.  (Warning:  This test should be performed by Qualified
  Personnel only.)  Verify that VACUUM
  L.E.D. extinguishes, FAULT RESET light illuminates, and radiation ON sequence
  cannot be initiated.

  	
   

  	
  Vacuum

  Interlock

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.10
  Dose Power Supply Interlock:  With no
  interlocks active, remove the two fuses from Dosimeter Power Supply
  Chassis.  Verify that Dose P.S. L.E.D.
  extinguishes, FAULT RESET light illuminates, and radiation ON sequence cannot
  be initiated.  Plug in A.C. power and
  clear fault.

  	
   

  	
  Dose P.S.

  Interlock

  Operation (A.C.

  power OFF)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.11
  Disconnect Ion Chamber Bias monitor cable at connector J5-D on X-ray
  Head.  Verify that Dose P.S. L.E.D.
  extinguishes.  Reconnect this connector
  and reset fault.

  	
   

  	
  Dose P.S.

  Interlock

  Operation

  (-300V

  Monitor)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

	
  TEST
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.8.12
  PLC Interlock:  Turn power key on
  control to off.  Place system in remote
  control. Disconnect J32 from control chassis. Jumper J20-H to J20-J
  installed. Switch power on by connecting J32-3 to J32-22.  System power comes on.  Verify that PLC L.E. D. is off. Return
  system to LOCAL control.  Reconnect J32
  and depress Fault Reset. Verify that the PLC L.E.D illuminates.

  	
   

  	
  PLC Interlock

  Operation

   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.13
  High Voltage Over Current (HVOC) Interlock: 
  Connect a Grounding Hook on PFN Coil. 
  Attempt to turn Radiation ON. 
  Note that HVOC fault occurs immediately.  Verify that HVOC L.E.D extinguishes and
  FAULT RESET light illuminates.  Remove
  Grounding Hook.  

  	
   

  	
  HVOC

  Interlock

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.14
  Inverse Current Interlock:  Connect a
  ground hook to H.V. Pulse output in Modulator.  Attempt to turn Radiation ON.  Note that INVERSE CURRENT fault occurs
  after soft start completes.  Verify
  that INVERSE CURRENT L.E.D. is extinguished and fault reset light
  illuminates.  

  	
   

  	
  INVERSE

  CURRENT

  Interlock

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.15
  Local Control Status: Place system in remote control. Jumper J20-H to J20-J
  installed. Switch power on by connecting J32-3 to J32-22. System power comes
  on.  Verify that Local Control L.E.D.
  is extinguished. Return system to local control and depress reset. Verify
  that local control L.E.D illuminates.

  	
   

  	
  Local Control

  Status

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.16
  Gun HVPS Interlock:  Turn radiation on
  — reduce gun H.V. with pot in control, while monitoring gun H.V. monitor test
  points in Control.  Observe that gun
  HVPS interlock occurs when gun H.V. monitor is reduced to 85% to 90% of
  operating value of Voltage at these test points.

  	
   

  	
  Gun HVPS

  Interlock

  Operation

  	
   

  	
  90

  	
   

  	
  95

  	
   

  	
  85

  	
   

  	
  (%)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.17
  Emergency Stop, Control Chassis:  With
  Radiation ON, depress EMERGENCY STOP on Control Chassis.  Verify that the Radiation and High Voltage
  shuts OFF.  Check that E-Stop L.E.D.
  extinguishes, FAULT RESET light illuminates and that Radiation ON sequence
  cannot be initiated.

  	
   

  	
  E-STOP

  Operation

  (Control)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.18
  Beam On Status:  With Radiation OFF,
  verify that BEAM ON L.E.D is off.

  	
   

  	
  Beam On Status

  L.E.D

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.19
  Perform Radiation ON sequence and verify that RED X-ray ON push-button
  illuminates immediately

  	
   

  	
  X-ray ON

  Light

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.20
  Note the time it takes for BEAM ON L.E.D. to illuminate.  Verify that radiation is OFF while the
  L.E.D. is off.

  	
   

  	
  BEAM ON

  DELAY

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  8

  	
   

  	
  sec.

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.21
  AFC-Manual Status:  Verify that
  AFC-Manual L.E.D. extinguishes when switch on Control Chassis is set to
  MANUAL.  In LOCAL MODE, check that
  AFC-Manual switch does not shut OFF radiation in either position.

  	
   

  	
  AFC-Manual

  Status

  Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.22
  Covers:

  With
  no interlocks active, open one of the cover interlock switches on the
  Modulator. Verify that the covers L.E.D extinguishes, Fault Reset light
  illuminates, and radiation ON sequence cannot be initiated. Repeat this test
  for the four modulator cover switches and for the seven RF System Cover
  Switches.

  	
   

  	
  Cover Interlock

  Status

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.23
  H.V. Breaker: With system in standby mode, switch off the H.V. circuit
  breaker CB3 on the Modulator. Verify that the H.V. Breaker L.E.D. is
  extinguished. Switch the H.V. circuit breaker back on and depress the Fault
  Reset push button. Verify that the H.V. Breaker L.E.D. illuminates.

  	
   

  	
  HV Breaker

  Status

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

12

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.8.24 HV Enable: Select
  Remote Control with switch inside the Control Chassis. Disconnect J32 from
  back of Control Chassis. Jumper J20-H to J20-J installed. Switch power on by
  connecting J32-3 to J32-22. Verify that HV enable L.E.D is off. Remove jumper
  J32-3 to J32-22 and return system to local control. Switch power on and
  verify that HV enable L.E.D. is on.

  	
   

  	
  H.V. ENABLE

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.8.25 External STOP: With
  Radiation ON, open jumper between J34-7 and J34-4 on the Control Chassis.
  Verify that radiation and high voltage shuts OFF. Check that EXT. EMERGENCY
  STOP L.E.D. is extinguished and that Radiation ON sequence cannot be initiated.

  	
   

  	
  EXT STOP Interlock Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.9
  X-Ray Beam Characteristics

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.9.1 Energy Check Half
  Value Layer of Steel.

   

  Place
  Ion Chamber “Peanut” at 1 meter from target. Turn on radiation and adjust for
  reading of approximately 100 R/Min on meter. Record dose rate measured on
  radiation monitor.  Place 1 inch
  of steel in front of Ion chamber. Turn on radiation and check that Dose Rate
  Meter reads 100R/min. Record dose rate measured on radiation monitor.  Repeat with 2-7 inches of
  steel in front of Ion Chamber.  Calculate half value layer range from data.  Determine the average
  H.V.L. for 2 through 6 inches of steel.

  	
   

  	
  None

  	
   

  	
  290

  	
   

  	
  295

  	
   

  	
  285

  	
   

  	
  R/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  1 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  R/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  2 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  R/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  3 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  R/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  4 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  R/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  5 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  R/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  6 inch

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  R/min

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Half Value Layer Avg.

  	
   

  	
   

  0.95

  	
   

  	
   

  1.05

  	
   

  	
   

  0.90

  	
   

  	
  (in)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.9.2 Target Spot Size

  Using Lamiar Camera make a spot size film shot. Determine vertical and
  horizontal spot size from film shot. 

  	
   

  	
  Vertical Spot size

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2.2

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (mm)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Horizontal Spot Size

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2.2

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  (mm)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.9.3 Steering Coil
  Current: Record Steering Coil Current readings on meter on Control Chassis.

  	
   

  	
  Coil 1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Coil 2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Coil 3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Coil 4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (A)

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

13

 

Accuray Confidential

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  PARAMETER

  	
   

  	
  NOM

  	
   

  	
  MAX

  	
   

  	
  MIN

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  INITIAL/DATE

  
	
  7.9.4
  Water Temperature Regulation: Make  A 30-minute radiation run at 290 R/Min.
  Check Water temperature at gauge on heat exchanger at end of this run. 

  	
   

  	
  Water Temp.

  Set Point

  	
   

  	
  20 C°

  	
   

  	
  35 C°

  	
   

  	
  15 C°

  	
   

  	
  (C°)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Temp. Drift

  	
   

  	
  0

  	
   

  	
  +2 C°

  	
   

  	
  -2 C°

  	
   

  	
  (C°)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.10
  Dose Rate Meter Calibration

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.10.1
  Dosimeter Electronics P.S.: Measure and record Dosimeter Electronics P.S.
  Voltages.  Measure —
  300VDC output of Dosimeter Bias supply. Measure +/- 15VDC to dose count PCB. 

  	
   

  	
  -300VDC

  	
   

  	
  -300

  	
   

  	
  -325

  	
   

  	
  -275

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  +15VDC

  	
   

  	
  +15

  	
   

  	
  +15.5

  	
   

  	
  +14.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  -15VDC

  	
   

  	
  -15

  	
   

  	
  -15.5

  	
   

  	
  -14.5

  	
   

  	
  (VDC)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.10..2
  Dose Rate Meter Calibration. Set PRF to produce 100 R/Min. Place Ion Chamber
  100 cm from Target and centered in the radiation field. Use 4Mev build up cap
  on Ion Chamber. Set up radiation monitor to measure integrated dose. Turn
  Radiation ON and adjust PRF to obtain 100R/Min on radiation monitor. Record
  dose rate meter reading on control chassis.

  	
   

  	
  Dose Meter Reading

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  102

  	
   

  	
  98

  	
   

  	
  (R/min)

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11
  PLC Checks

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.1
  PLC Digital inputs:

  	
   

  	
  PLC Digital Input Operation 

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Connect
  P.C. to the PLC serial port. Run test program & check that the
  status and interlock inputs to the PLC operate correctly.

   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Alternate Method: Verify that the digital
  inputs from the linac system illuminate the correct LED on the PLC input
  modules. Refer to PLC schematic.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.2
  PLC Analog Input: With P.C. connected to the PLC, run the test program. Check
  that the dose rate displayed on the P.C. varies proportionally as the dose
  rate is varied from 50 to 200 R/min.

  	
   

  	
  PLC Analog Input Operation 

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Alternate Method: Verify that dose rate
  analog input to the PLC varies from 1.25 to 2.5 VDC as the dose rate is
  varied from about 50 to 200 R/min

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.3
  PLC Digital Output: With a PC connected to the PLC serial port, run the test
  program. Check that the PLC outputs to the Linac operate correctly.

   

  	
   

  	
  PLC Digital Outputs Operation 

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Alternate Method: Verify that the digital
  outputs to the Linac operate correctly by simulating eack output.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.4
  PLC ANALOG OUTPUT

  	
   

  	
  PLC Analog Output Operation 

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Connected
  to the PLC serial port, run the test program. Check that the pulse rate can
  be controlled by the PLC using the test program

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.5
  External Trigger Checks

  	
   

  	
  External Trigger Operation 

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Verify
  that the system operates correctly with an external trigger connected to the
  system

   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Slowly
  vary external trigger pulse rate from 40PPS to 200PPS.

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.6
  Check that Pulse Rate to produce 100R/min is approximately the same as pulse
  rate recorded.

  	
   

  	
  External Trigger PRF 100 R/min

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.11.7
  Check that Magnetron Heater Runback operates correctly when operating with
  external triggers

  	
   

  	
  Run Back

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

 

	
  TEST DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  ACTUAL

  	
   

  	
  Initial/Date

  
	
  8
  Attachments

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.1 Thyratron Trigger
  Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.2 Magnetron Current
  Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.3 PFN Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.4 HVPS I Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.5 FWD PWR Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.6 REF PWR Waveform Direct

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.7 REF PWR Waveform via MCC

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.8 Magnetron Voltage
  Waveform @ 1uS

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.9 Magnetron Voltage
  Waveform @ 5uS

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.10 Grid Pulse Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.11 Gun I Waveform

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.12 Film

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.13 CTL TEST DATA

  	
   

  	
  Attached: o YES o NO

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

15

 

9.  Serial Numbers

 

	
  Assembly

  	
   

  	
  Serial Number

  	
   

  	
  QA Verify

  
	
  X-Ray
  Head

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Accelerator

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Electron
  Gun

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Vacuum
  Pump

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Target

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  RF
  Window

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Ion
  Chamber

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  RF
  Chassis

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Pulse
  Transformer

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Circulator

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Water
  Load

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Magnetron

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Gun Electronics
  Chassis

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Modulator

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Main
  Thyratron

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Dequing
  Thyratron

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Control
  Chassis

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PLC

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Chiller

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

16

 

10.  Final Inspection

 

	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Verify

  x

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  	
   

  	
  QA STAMP

  
	
  10.1 Control Chassis

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.1.1
  Visually verify control chassis
  motherboard has the following jumpers installed @ JP1, JP3, JP4, JP5, JP7,
  JP8, JP12, & JP15. No other jumpers to be installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.1.2
  Wiring routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.1.3
  Good electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.1.4
  Components, hardware - tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.2 PLC CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.2.1
  Wiring routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.2.2
  Good electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.2.3
  Components, hardware- tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.2.4
  Test Program Removed and System Program In Place

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3 MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.1
  Wiring routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.2
  Good electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.3
  Components, hardware - tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.4
  Ground hooks installed (qty 2)

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.5
  HV Labels installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.6
  Wiring routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.7
  Record HV Hours

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.3.8
  Record Filament Hours

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4 GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4.1
  Wiring routed neatly and secured.

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4.2
  Good electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc.

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4.3
  Components, hardware - tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4.4
  Ground hook installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.4.5
  HV Labels installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

17

 

	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Verify

  x

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  	
   

  	
  QA STAMP

  
	
  10.5 RF System

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.5.1
  Wiring routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.5.2
  Good electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.5.3
  Components, hardware - tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.5.4
  HV Labels installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.6
  X-ray Head

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  routed neatly and secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Good
  electrical connections - solder, crimp, terminal board, etc.

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Components,
  hardware - tight/secured

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  No
  oil leaks

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HV
  Labels installed

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.7
  Water Chiller

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Inspection
  / Test data supplied by Neslab and attached to report

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.8
  CABLES AND HOSES

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Labeled
  - with number, connector destination

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Outer
  insulation jacket clean, undamaged

  	
   

  	
  o

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

18

 

11 ACCEPTANCE

Discrepancies,
Explanations, Notes:

 

 

	
  Department

  	
   

  	
  Signature

  	
   

  	
  Date

  
	
  Engineering

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Quality Assurance

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

19

 

20           RADIATION SAFETY NOTICE/RADIATION
WARNING NOTICE

 

20.1        Safety Precautions for Use and 0peration of X-Ray Producing
Equipment

 

X-ray producing equipment
can be dangerous to both the operator and persons in the immediate vicinity
unless safety precautions are strictly observed.

 

Exposure to excessive
quantities of X-radiation may be injurious to health.  Therefore users should avoid exposing any
parts of their persons, not only to the direct beam, but also to secondary or
scattered radiation which occurs when a x-ray beam strikes or has passed
through any material.

 

Human beings have no
senses for x-rays.  Therefore
x-ray-measuring instruments, like low energy x-ray Geiger counters, must be
used to detect x-ray emission or leakage radiation.  No x-ray exposure to human beings is
permitted unless proper personnel monitoring devices are employed.

 

The electrical circuits,
although enclosed and interlocked for the protection of operators, must be
considered as a potential source of hazard calling for strict observance of
those portions of instructions pertaining to safety in operation and
maintenance.  Proper electrical grounding
must always be observed.

 

Consequently, adequate
precautions should be taken to make it impossible for unauthorized or
unqualified persons to operate this equipment or to expose themselves or others
to its radiation or electrical dangers.

 

Before utilizing the
equipment, all persons designated or authorized to operate it, or supervise its
operation, should have a full understanding of its nature and should also
become familiar with established safe exposure factors.

 

20.2        Operating Conditions

 

The maximum operating
voltages and currents, or ranges of voltages or currents are set at or
established by the factory and should not be altered except as provided for in
this Company’s instructions.  By
exceeding established limitations the effectiveness of the incorporated shielding
may be reduced to a point where the penetrating or emergent radiation may
exceed safe values.  If radiation
shielding shows chemical or mechanical damage, service personnel should be
notified immediately to prevent accidental radiation exposure.

 

20.3        Interlocks

 

Interlock switches should
be built into all access doors of rooms. 
These switches should under no circumstances be tampered with and should
be maintained in proper operating condition. 
In no case should they be defeated or wired out, since failure of
automatic high voltage protection will then result.

 

20.4        Maintenance

 

All parts of the
equipment, particularly interlock switches, should be carefully maintained for
proper operation.  Doors should close
sufficiently to prevent access before interlock switches close.  Tube operating voltage and current should be
checked whenever service personnel operate the equipment.

 

20.5        Servicing Precaution

 

Before making any
internal adjustments, the equipment shall be disconnected from the power supply
to insure that no X-Ray emission can occur. 
Care should be taken to assure that all high voltage condenser charges
are removed using an insulated grounding lead, before personal contact is
established.

 

20.6        Supervision

 

X-ray producing equipment
should be used only under the guidance and supervision of a responsible
qualified person. All equipment operators must be given adequate safety
instructions as specified by the governing state regulations.

 

20

 

20.7        Acknowledgment

 

In the event that this
apparatus is resold, a warning notice similar in form to this one must be given
to such purchaser.

 

	
  To:

  	
  Accuray Incorporated

  
	
   

  	
  1310 Chesapeake Terrace

  
	
   

  	
  Sunnyvale, CA 94089

  
	
   

  	
  TEL:(408) 716-4600,
  FAX: (408) 716-4601

  

 

The foregoing warning
notice has been read and the equipment designated will be installed in
accordance with your instructions.

 

	
  Type of Equipment:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Title:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Company:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Date:

  	
   

  	
   

  

 

For further information
or explanation, contact the Radiation Safety Officer at Accuray, Inc, (408)
716-4686.

 

21           REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT OF SOURCES OF RADIATION

 

Per California Code of
Regulations, Title 17, Subchapter 4, §30108, every person possessing a
reportable source of radiation must register with the State Department of
Health Services within 30 days of acquiring each such source.  Radiation machines, which require
registration included Radiographic and Fluoroscopic X-ray Units, X-ray Therapy
Units, Accelerators, Electron Microscopes, X-ray Diffraction Units, and similar
Radiation Producing Machines.

 

Following this Acceptance
Procedure is a list of personnel responsible for radiological health programs
in your state.

 

22           REPORT OF TRANSFER OF A RADIATION MACHINE

 

Every sale or transfer of
a radiation machine in California must be reported to the California Department
of Health, per California Code of Regulations, Title 17, Subchapter 4, § 30115
and § 30118.

 

Following this Acceptance
Procedure is form No. RH-3049 (10/90), which must be submitted to the
Department no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter for
each transaction occurring in the calendar quarter.  Complete this form and detach and it mail to
Radiological Health Branch, 714 P STREET, SACRAMENTO, CA 95814.  Retain a copy for inclusion in each copy of
the Acceptance Procedure.

 

21

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

EXHIBIT D—ACCURAY IP

 

PURCHASED IP

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings given them in the Asset Purchase
Agreement between Accuray and AS&E effective December 12, 2004 (“Asset
Purchase Agreement”).  Purchased IP is
the X-band standing wave linear accelerator in items A-F listed below.

 

A.         Patents

 

1.     U.S.
Patent No. 5,744,919, “CW Particle Accelerator With Low Particle Injection
Velocity” issued on April 28, 1998; Andrey V. Mishin and Russell G.
Schonberg, Inventors.

 

B.         Licenses

 

1.     Parmela
and Superfish group of codes designed by Los Alamos National Laboratory

2.     Program
Beampath developed by Yuri Batgin with interface developed by contractor

 

C.         Patent
Disclosures in Process

 

High Power X-ray Target Design and all
drawings, specifications, computer files and other information in any manner
related thereto.

 

D.         Copyrights
and documentation related to Acquired Intellectual Property

 

No registered copyrights were transferred.  AS&E delivered all drawings,
specifications, records, manuals, documentation, schematics, build lists, as
built drawings, bills of materials, circuit diagrams, tooling and such other
documents and records, including computer files relating to any of the Acquired
Intellectual Property.

 

E.         Trade
Secrets

 

1.               Energy regulation technique by tilting fields in linear accelerator
section

2.               Methods, tools, procedures for building (includes machining, assembling,
brazing, tuning, vacuum processing, low and high power testing, other parts of
the process) linear accelerator microwave structures

3.     Methods,
tools, procedures for building and testing linear accelerator systems

 

F.         Operating
and Design Software

 

PLC software for Security Systems (Raven,
Sokhna, Pearl Harbor), Pune System (Research — e-beam), AWE system (NDT),
BIR/Forintek system (NDT)

 

24

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

EXHIBIT
D—continued

IMPROVEMENTS
TO PURCHASED IP

 

Improvements to Purchased IP includes any
improvements, modification or enhancements made by Accuray to the Purchased IP.

 

TRAVELING
WAVE IP

 

Traveling Wave IP is the right to make, use, sell or
offer for sale any traveling wave linear accelerator technology developed by
Accuray or any other entity, whether protected by patent, trade secret,
copyright or any other form of intellectual property protection, including
without limitation an x-band traveling wave linear accelerator x-ray system
capable of operating at a fixed 6 MeV (±3%) energy with a dose rate of 6.0
Gy/min* (±5%), or a fixed 9 MeV (±3%) energy with a dose rate of 6.0 Gy/min*
(±5%), and interleaving between a 6 MeV (±3%) energy with a dose rate of 3
Gy/min* (±5%), and 9 MeV (±3%) energy with a dose rate of 3.0 Gy/min* (±5%) at
a pulse repetition frequency of >400 Hz.

 

*Dose rate measured at 1 meter.

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

25

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

EXHIBIT E

 

AS&E IP

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings given them in the Asset Purchase
Agreement.  AS&E IP includes
nondestructive detection and inspection systems, technology, including the
items A-D listed below.

 

A.                          Licenses

 

1.               A
non-exclusive license, without right to sublicense, to make in the United
States and use and sell throughout the world the inventions disclosed in the
application for United States Letters Patent entitled “Microwave Power Control
Apparatus For Linear Accelerator” filed on February 17, 1995, Serial No. 08/390122,
and issued U.S. Patent No. 5,661,377 entitled “Microwave Power Control
Apparatus For Linear Accelerator Using Hybrid Junctions”, issued August 26,
1997, excluding from said license any apparatus, device, system or equipment in
the nature of, or capable of, being used in an in line medical electron
generating and/or output system for medical applications.

 

2.               License
to design and produce linear accelerator based on High Power Magnetron
delivered to LBNL under a three party agreement between DOE, Admit and Toriy.

 

B.                          Completed Patent Application

 

1.     Multiple-Energy
LINAC Source for Inspection, filed as a Continuation in Part of existing AS&E
Patent (Patent Application filed)

 

C.                          Trademarks, Servicemarks and Tradenames

 

1.     Minac

2.     Minatron

3.     Magbeam

 

D.                          Inventory associated with the following projects (to the extent there was
any):

 

1.     Raven

2.     Pune

3.     1MeV

4.     Thiokol

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

26

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

EXHIBIT F

 

[*]

 

[*]

[*]

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[*]  Certain
information on this page has been redacted and filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested
with respect to the omitted portions.

 

27

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

EXHIBIT G

 

Intentionally Omitted.

 

28

 

	
   

  	
   

  	
  Initials:   AS&E

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Accuray 

  	
  /s/DJM

  
					

 

EXHIBIT H

 

SPARE PARTS PRICING.

 

See attached.

 

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

29

AS&E SUPPLY AGREEMENT - EXHIBIT H - SPARE PARTS LIST

 

Printed Circuit Board Assemblies

 

	
  PART NUMBER

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (10 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  WHERE USED

  	
   

  	
  LIST PRICE (EACH)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE 

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE

  (10 SYS)

  
	
  01-3126-02

  	
   

  	
  CCA MAGNETRON/ACCEL HTR
  CONTROL

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-3906-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA FAULT LOGIC (A4,A5)

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-3906-02

  	
   

  	
  CCA FAULT LOGIC (A3)

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6600-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA PLC INTERFACE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6680-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA TRIGGER GENERATOR

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-7102-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA CONTROL LOGIC

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6893-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA DEQUING TRIGGER
  GENERATOR

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-1617-01

  	
   

  	
  PCA ION PUMP MONITOR

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-1141-02

  	
   

  	
  PCA THYRATRON DRIVER

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-4131-01

  	
   

  	
  PCA GUN FILAMENT PS

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-5924-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA GRID DRIVE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-7131-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA GRID PULSE AMP

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-5958-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA GUN INTERLOCK

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6160-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA GRID TRIGGER
  NETWORK

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6168-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA GRID AMP POWER
  SUPPLY

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6170-01

  	
   

  	
  PCA GUN CURRENT
  SAMPLE & HOLD

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-5075-01

  	
   

  	
  PCA GRID BIAS PS

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-4199-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA MAG FILAMENT
  CURRENT MON

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-7096-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA DOSE COUNT

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-7143-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA PS MONITOR

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-3771-01

  	
   

  	
  CCA AFC CONTROL

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-4304-01

  	
   

  	
  PCA PHASE CONTROL

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6164-01

  	
   

  	
  PCA PHASE DETECTOR

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1700-00002

  	
   

  	
  PCA EXTENDER CARD 22/44 PIN

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  

 

Power
Supplies & Transformers

 

	
  PART NUMBER

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (10 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  WHERE USED

  	
   

  	
  LIST PRICE (EACH)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE 

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE 

  (10 SYS)

  
	
  4000-00022

  	
   

  	
  POWER SUPPLY 150 VDC

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4000-00020

  	
   

  	
  POWER SUPPLY WIDE ADJ
  RANGE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  5600-00012

  	
   

  	
  TRANSFORMER
  PRI 190-440 SEC 120/220V 1KVA

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR 50HZ

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  5600-00013

  	
   

  	
  TRANSFORMER
  CONSTANT VOLTAGE 250VA 50HZ

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR 50HZ

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-7298-01

  	
   

  	
  AFC POWER SUPPLIES BOX
  RF SYS

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  5600-00008

  	
   

  	
  TRANSFORMER
  PRI 190-480 SEC 120/220V 1KVA

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR 60HZ

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  5600-00010

  	
   

  	
  TRANSFORMER
  CONSTANT VOLTAGE 250VA 60HZ

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR 60HZ

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-1849-01

  	
   

  	
  TRANSFORMER MAG HTR 10V
  20A

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  

 

[*] Certain information on this page has been
redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

1

 

HIGH VOLTAGE & RF COMPONENTS

 

	
  PART NUMBER

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (10 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  WHERE USED

  	
   

  	
  LIST PRICE (EACH)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE

  (10 SYS)

  
	
  024640

  	
   

  	
  MAGNETRON X-BAND

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  5700-00002

  	
   

  	
  THYRATRON DEUTERIUM MAIN

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  5700-00001

  	
   

  	
  THYRATRON HYDRODGEN
  DEQUING

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6150-01

  	
   

  	
  ASSEMBLY PULSE
  TRANSFORMER

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1000-00077

  	
   

  	
  DUMMY LOAD WATER COOLED
  X-BAND

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4000-00003

  	
   

  	
  POWER SUPPLY 0-20KV
  0-1mA

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  5700-00006

  	
   

  	
  SOCKET THYRATRON

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-1875-01

  	
   

  	
  TRANSFORMER GUN HEAT
  115:7.3 25KV ISO

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-5073-01

  	
   

  	
  TRANSFORMER 25KV ISO
  GRID BIAS

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-5074-01

  	
   

  	
  TRANSFORMER GRID PULSE
  1:1.4 25KV ISO

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-4651-01

  	
   

  	
  ASSY CONN MAG/PULSE
  XFMR

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2300-00001

  	
   

  	
  CRYSTAL DET 0-18 GHZ
  NEG

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  X-RAY
  HEAD, RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2300-00002

  	
   

  	
  CRYSTAL DET 0-18 GHZ
  POS

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  X-RAY HEAD

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4000-00006

  	
   

  	
  POWER SUPPLY 5KVDC

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1500-00002

  	
   

  	
  CAPACITOR .011UF 25KVDC
  (PFN CAP)

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4800-00022

  	
   

  	
  DIODE HV 10KV DOOR KNOB

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  8

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4800-00024

  	
   

  	
  DIODE HV 7.5 KV DOOR
  KNOB

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-2699-01

  	
   

  	
  TRANSFORMER PULSE 1:1
  25KV ISO

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4800-00021

  	
   

  	
  DIODE HV 15KV

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1500-00020

  	
   

  	
  CAPACITOR 2500UF 30KV

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  022693

  	
   

  	
  WAVEGUIDE FLEX 5 FT
  LONG

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYS TO X-RAY HEAD

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-7130-01

  	
   

  	
  ASSY ION CHAMBER
  DOSIMETER

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  X-RAY HEAD

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1600-00170

  	
   

  	
  HIGH VOLTAGE PUTTY

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  6000-00080

  	
   

  	
  WIRE 14 AWG HV 50KV
  CORONA FREE

  	
   

  	
  20 FT

  	
   

  	
  40 FT

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  6000-00160

  	
   

  	
  WIRE HV 40KV 18 AWG
  CORONA FREE

  	
   

  	
  20 FT

  	
   

  	
  40 FT

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  

 

FUSES RELAYS SWITCHES FANS

 

	
  PART NUMBER

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (10 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  WHERE USED

  	
   

  	
  LIST PRICE (EACH)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE 

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE 

  (10 SYS)

  
	
  5100-00011

  	
   

  	
  FLOW SWITCH CELCON
  24VDC (WATER FLOW)

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  5100-00012

  	
   

  	
  PRESSURE SWITCH ADJ
  0-60PSI

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  5100-00026

  	
   

  	
  SWITCH DPDT 2 POSITION

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR, CONTROL CHAS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4500-00012

  	
   

  	
  CONTACTOR 3 POLE 24VDC
  COIL

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4500-00007

  	
   

  	
  CONTACTOR 3 POLE 120VAC
  COIL

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4500-00002

  	
   

  	
  RELAY 3PDT 24VDC COIL

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR, GUN ELEC

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4500-00003

  	
   

  	
  RELAY 3PDT 120VAC COIL

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4500-00005

  	
   

  	
  RELAY 3PDT 6VDC COIL

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4500-00009

  	
   

  	
  RELAY ADJ T.D, 0.1 - 10
  SEC 120 VAC

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4500-00014

  	
   

  	
  RELAY TIME DELAY 24VDC
  COIL

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHAS, MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4500-00001

  	
   

  	
  RELAY 4PDT 24VDC COIL

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2600-00010

  	
   

  	
  FAN 115 VAC 24.5 CFM

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  VARIOUS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2600-00015

  	
   

  	
  FAN TUBE AXIAL 120VAC
  PATRIOT

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  

 

PLC MODULES

 

	
  PART NUMBER

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (10 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  WHERE USED

  	
   

  	
  LIST PRICE (EACH) @ 50% GM

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE 

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE 

  (10 SYS)

  
	
  01-7471-01

  	
   

  	
  PLC ASSEMBLY

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PLC CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2200-00001

  	
   

  	
  PLC BASE UNIT AC PWR
  12DC INPUTS 12 RELAY OUT

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PLC CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2200-00002

  	
   

  	
  PROCESSOR 2 SERIAL PORT

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PLC CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2200-00003

  	
   

  	
  DISCRETE IN PLC MODULE
  16 PT 24VDC

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PLC CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2200-00004

  	
   

  	
  ANALOG INPUT PLC MODULE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PLC CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2200-00006

  	
   

  	
  0UTPUT MODULE 16 PT
  24VDC SOURCE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PLC CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2200-00008

  	
   

  	
  PLC ANALOG OUTPUT
  MODULE 2 CHA

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PLC CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2200-00007

  	
   

  	
  MICRO LOGIC CABLE PLC
  TO PLC COM

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PLC CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4500-00016

  	
   

  	
  RELAY BLOCK 24V DPDT

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  PLC CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  

 

[*] Certain information on this page has been
redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

2

 

CABLES,  WATER
COMPONENTS, GAS COMPONENTS

 

	
  PART NUMBER

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (10 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  WHERE USED

  	
   

  	
  LIST PRICE (EACH)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE

  (10 SYS)

  
	
  022667

  	
   

  	
  CABLE ASSY GUN HV

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  INTERCONNECT CABLES

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  022673

  	
   

  	
  CABLE ASSEMBLY HV PULSE
  TRIAX

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  INTERCONNECT CABLES

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1000-00020

  	
   

  	
  PRESSURE REGULATOR NON
  RELIEVING

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1200-00001

  	
   

  	
  0-RING 1.549 ID X .103
  DIA SILICONE

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  200

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-7058-01

  	
   

  	
  SF6 GAS CHARGING H/W
  ASSY

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CONNECTS TO RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6926-01

  	
   

  	
  CABLE ASSEMBLY PULSE
  TRIAX

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  CONNECTS TO RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-7292-01

  	
   

  	
  CABLE ASSEMBLY GUN HV /
  3.5MeV

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CONNECTS TO RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6920-01

  	
   

  	
  CABLE ASSEMBLY GUN HV /
  Old 3.5MeV

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CONNECTS TO RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1000-00452

  	
   

  	
  PARTICULATE FILTER 10
  MICRON (OLD CHILLER)

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  CHILLER

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1000-00453

  	
   

  	
  DEIONIZATION CARTRIDGE (OLD
  CHILLER)

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  CHILLER

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  

 

FUSES, 
COMPONENTS

 

	
  PART NUMBER

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (10 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  WHERE USED

  	
   

  	
  LIST PRICE (EACH)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE

  (10 SYS)

  
	
  4300-00003

  	
   

  	
  FUSE 3 AMP SLO BLO

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4300-00004

  	
   

  	
  FUSE 0.5 AMP SLO BLO

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  GUN ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4300-00002

  	
   

  	
  FUSE 2 AMP SLO BLO

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHASSIS, PLC

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2450-00010

  	
   

  	
  LAMP T-3 1/4 BASE 24 V

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  3500-00001

  	
   

  	
  STEP MOTOR DC 6 LEAD

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1500-00064

  	
   

  	
  CAP 0.47UF 600V

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  VARIOUS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1500-00005

  	
   

  	
  CAP 47KUF 25VDC

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  029626

  	
   

  	
  RECTIFIER BRIDGE 35A
  200V

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  021787

  	
   

  	
  POT 2K 3 TURN

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4700-00211

  	
   

  	
  RES 100 OHM 2W

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4800-00009

  	
   

  	
  DIODE 3A 600V

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4700-00101

  	
   

  	
  RES 4.7 OHM 1W

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  4750-00025

  	
   

  	
  RESISTOR 2K 10 TURN
  VARIABLE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  

 

LONG LEAD &/OR LONG LIFE

 

	
  PART NUMBER

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  (10 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  WHERE USED

  	
   

  	
  LIST PRICE (EACH)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE

  (5 SYS)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE

  (10 SYS)

  
	
  01-6328-01

  	
   

  	
  FLEXGUIDE 45 E-BEND
  CHOKE/CHOKE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6440-01

  	
   

  	
  FLEXGUIDE ST CHOKE/FLAT

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  1000-00060

  	
   

  	
  CIRCULATOR 4 PORT WITH
  LOW PWR LOAD

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-5700-01

  	
   

  	
  ASSY MAG TUNER DRIVE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6896-01

  	
   

  	
  VACION SUPPLY CABLE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-4211-01

  	
   

  	
  ASSEMBLY AFC
  ELECTRONICS BOX

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  RF SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  2950-00004

  	
   

  	
  METER DC AMMETER 0-2A

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  CONTROL CHASSIS

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  031303

  	
   

  	
  CHILLER THERMO TF-5000

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6461-01

  	
   

  	
  ASSEMBLY GUN
  ELECTRONICS

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  01-6888-01

  	
   

  	
  ASSY 3.5 MeV X-RAY HEAD

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  
	
  025995

  	
   

  	
  ASSEMBLY X-RAY HEAD 6MEV EXT GUIDE

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  SYSTEM

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  

 

SITE SPARES

 

	
  PART NUMBER

  	
   

  	
  DESCRIPTION

  	
   

  	
  QTY

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  WHERE USED

  	
   

  	
  LIST PRICE (EACH)

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE

  	
   

  	
  EXTENDED PRICE

  
	
  4500-00007

  	
   

  	
  CONTACTOR 3 POLE 120VAC
  COIL

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  MODULATOR

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  	
   

  	
  [*]

  

 

[*] Certain information on this page has been
redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00167-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00167-of-00352.parquet"}]]